WO2023244064A1 - Insertion apparatus for analyte monitoring apparatus - Google Patents

Insertion apparatus for analyte monitoring apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023244064A1
WO2023244064A1 PCT/KR2023/008346 KR2023008346W WO2023244064A1 WO 2023244064 A1 WO2023244064 A1 WO 2023244064A1 KR 2023008346 W KR2023008346 W KR 2023008346W WO 2023244064 A1 WO2023244064 A1 WO 2023244064A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
button
applicator
transmitter
needle carrier
housing
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2023/008346
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
이효근
박효림
이원철
이준황
홍순민
Original Assignee
에스디바이오센서 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020230076324A external-priority patent/KR20230173605A/en
Application filed by 에스디바이오센서 주식회사 filed Critical 에스디바이오센서 주식회사
Publication of WO2023244064A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023244064A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/145Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/15Devices for taking samples of blood
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/15Devices for taking samples of blood
    • A61B5/155Devices specially adapted for continuous or multiple sampling, e.g. at predetermined intervals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/158Needles for infusions; Accessories therefor, e.g. for inserting infusion needles, or for holding them on the body

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to an insertion device for an analyte monitoring device, and specifically relates to the detailed structure of an insertion device for a device for monitoring analytes in the body.
  • This type of blood sugar measuring device causes pain and fear to the user. Also, it is realistically difficult to cut one's fingers and make them bleed every time.
  • CGM continuous glucose monitoring
  • the transmitter's sensor is very thin, making it difficult to penetrate the skin directly. Accordingly, a configuration (hereinafter referred to as “applicator”) is needed to insert a needle into the skin, insert a sensor into the gap, and withdraw the needle.
  • the sensor introducer 106 must be inserted into the sensor inserter 500. At this time, the direction of the sensor introducer must be aligned and inserted into the sensor inserter, but there is a high risk that the user will feel fatigued during this process. Therefore, it is desirable for the applicator to operate with an easy operation method.
  • the applicator needle since the applicator needle is inserted directly into the user's skin, it should be used only once for hygiene reasons.
  • the high manufacturing cost of disposable items can be a financial burden to users, so it is desirable to reduce manufacturing costs as much as possible.
  • the applicator is structurally provided with a structure that can prevent reuse.
  • the assembled applicator is disassembled due to external impact, the user will not be able to use the transmitter normally. Therefore, it is desirable that the applicator can be firmly maintained even if there is an external impact.
  • the purpose of the present disclosure is to provide an applicator equipped with a safety device to prevent the applicator from being triggered by external shock.
  • the present disclosure aims to provide an applicator in which a transmitter can be stably fixed even if there is external impact.
  • a hollow pillar-shaped housing having an opening formed on the bottom; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing; a needle carrier configured to be engaged with the second button and moving linearly between the distal end and the proximal end within the housing; and a driving unit configured to be engaged with the first button and configured to provide power for linear movement of the needle carrier.
  • the driving unit includes a wound spring coupled to the inner peripheral surface of the housing in a compressed state; a wheel whose one surface faces the spring and is constrained by the rotation of the spring; an arc-shaped trigger prevention portion protruding from the other surface of the wheel and formed along the circumference of the wheel; and a guide protrusion protruding from the other surface of the wheel and disposed radially inside the trigger prevention portion, wherein the needle carrier includes a lateral guide; and a longitudinal guide formed from one surface of the transverse guide and extending along the longitudinal direction of the housing.
  • the first button includes an extension portion protruding from a lower surface of the first button; and a locking protrusion protruding from one surface of the extension portion toward a radial outer side of the first button and configured to face the trigger prevention portion, wherein the locking protrusion is formed spaced apart from a lower surface of the first button, and the first button When pressed, the trigger prevention portion is disposed in a space spaced apart between the locking protrusion and the lower surface of the first button.
  • the needle carrier includes a hook protrusion protruding from a side of the longitudinal guide, and the second button is protruding from a lower surface of the second button.
  • an extension portion disposed radially inwardly of the housing; and a hook that protrudes from one surface of the extension portion toward a radial inner side of the second button and is configured to face the hook protrusion, wherein the hook is spaced apart from a lower surface of the second button, and when the second button is pressed.
  • the hook protrusion is disposed in a spaced apart space between the hook and the lower surface of the second button.
  • the first button is configured to limit the rotation of the driving unit
  • the second button is configured to limit the linear movement of the needle carrier, and the first button And when the second button is pressed simultaneously or sequentially, the drive unit rotates, thereby moving the needle carrier from distal to proximal.
  • the transmitter holder is pressed by the needle carrier according to an embodiment of the present disclosure and moves from distal to proximal, and is configured to hold a transmitter, wherein the transmitter holder holds at least a portion of the transmitter.
  • a transmitter support configured to surround the transmitter; and a pusher rotatably mounted on the upper surface of the transmitter holder.
  • one end of the pusher is disposed outside the transmitter holder, and the other end of the pusher is disposed inside the transmitter holder, and one end of the pusher is disposed inside the transmitter holder. It is formed to protrude from the lower surface of the.
  • the transmitter holder when the transmitter holder according to an embodiment of the present disclosure moves from distal to proximal by the needle carrier, one end of the pusher is in contact with the inner bottom surface of the housing, and the other end of the pusher is connected to the transmitter. Pressurize the upper surface of
  • the transmitter support portion and the transmitter according to an embodiment of the present disclosure are frictionally coupled.
  • At least a portion of the sensor is inserted into the body and configured to detect an analyte in the body; a transmitter configured to process information related to in vivo analytes obtained from the sensor; and an applicator configured to move the sensor and the transmitter from proximal to distal, comprising: a hollow column-shaped housing with an opening formed on the bottom; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing; a needle carrier configured to be engaged with the second button and moving linearly between the distal end and the proximal end within the housing; and an applicator configured to engage with the first button and including a driving unit configured to provide power for linear movement of the needle carrier.
  • the applicator is triggered only when both the first and second buttons are pressed, which has the effect of preventing accidental triggering due to an external shock or the like.
  • first button and the second button can be pressed regardless of the order, which has the effect of being user-friendly and easy to use.
  • FIG. 1A and 1B are perspective views of an applicator according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 2 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line I-I'.
  • FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line II-II'.
  • Figure 4 shows the operation of the applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 5A and 5B are perspective views of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 6 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 5b.
  • Figure 8 shows the operation of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 5B taken along line II-II'.
  • Figure 9b is a cross-sectional view of Figure 5b taken along line III-III'.
  • Figure 10 is an enlarged view of the bottom of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 11A to 11C are perspective views of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 12 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B are for explaining the coupling between internal components of the applicator according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 14 shows a method of fastening a spring according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 15 shows the operation of the applicator according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 16A and 16B are perspective views of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 17 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 16a.
  • Figure 19 shows the operation of the applicator according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line II-II'.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line III-III'.
  • Figure 22 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 23 is an exploded perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 24 shows the interior of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 25 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figures 26 and 27 show the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 28 is a bottom perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 29 shows the transmitter holder and transmitter of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 30 shows the state after triggering of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 31 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 32 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figures 33a and 33b show the interior of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along II' of Figure 32 and its enlarged view.
  • Figure 35 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 36 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment.
  • Figure 37 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 38 shows the interior of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 39 is a front view of a needle carrier according to a seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 40 shows the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • symbols such as first, second, i), ii), a), and b) may be used. These codes are only used to distinguish the component from other components, and the nature, sequence, or order of the component is not limited by the code. In the specification, when a part is said to 'include' or 'have' a certain element, this means that it does not exclude other elements, but may further include other elements, unless explicitly stated to the contrary. .
  • distal position means a position relatively farther from the skin than “proximal position.”
  • distal and proximal are concepts of relative positions, and can be understood as an element being located both proximal and distal to another element.
  • initial state refers to the state before the user uses the applicator.
  • fire refers to the user's action of activating the applicator to cause the needle to be inserted into the user's skin.
  • retract refers to the process of returning to the original position after the needle is inserted through the user's skin.
  • upward means a direction from proximal to distal.
  • downstream means a direction from distal to proximal.
  • horizontal is a plane that the applicator contacts when the applicator is used, and may mean the skin surface.
  • the curvature of the skin surface is not considered, and the explanation is made assuming that the user's skin surface is flat.
  • FIG. 1A and 1B are perspective views of an applicator according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 1a shows a state in which the cap 120 is installed
  • Figure 1b shows a state in which the cap 120 is removed.
  • the applicator 100 includes a handle 110 and a cap 120 configured to be mounted on the handle 110 (see FIG. 1A).
  • the cap 120 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure When the cap 120 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is removed from the handle 110, a portion of the support portion 130 is exposed (see FIG. 1B).
  • the support portion 130 is in direct contact with the user's skin and is formed to be at least partially inserted into the handle 110.
  • FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line I-I'.
  • FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line II-II'.
  • the applicator 100 includes a handle 110, a cap 120, a support portion 130, one or more gears 140, a needle carrier 150, a needle holder 160, a needle 170, and Includes all or part of the transmitter holder 180.
  • the handle 110 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably roughly cylindrical in shape.
  • the handle 110 includes all or part of a hook hole 111, one or more pressure rods 112, a first rack 113, and a hook seating groove 114.
  • the hook hole 111 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the handle 110 and is configured to catch the hook 132.
  • the hook hole 111 is preferably formed above half the height of the handle 110, that is, at the top.
  • One or more pressure rods 112 are rods that protrude inward from the inner ceiling surface of the handle 110 (see FIG. 3A). One or more pressure rods 112 are configured to pressure the needle carrier 150.
  • the one or more pressure rods 112 preferably include a pair of pressure rods 112 and 112' disposed in symmetrical positions with respect to the center of the handle 110. Because of this, when the needle carrier 150 is pressed by the handle 110, the needle carrier 150 can be pressed with the same overall force without being biased to one side. As a result, there is an advantage in that the needle carrier 150 can move stably when moving from the distal to the proximal, or when moving from the proximal back to the distal, and can provide a smooth feeling of use to the user.
  • the first rack 113 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the handle 110 along the height direction of the handle 110.
  • the first rack 113 is preferably formed as a pair with one or more gears 140 facing each other (see FIG. 3A).
  • the hook seating groove 114 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the handle 110 and is configured to catch the hook 132.
  • the hook seating groove 114 is preferably formed below half the height of the handle 110, that is, at the bottom. Because of this, the hook 132 can be fixed to the hook seating groove 114 in the initial state (see Figure 3b).
  • the hook 132 may be formed to protrude more from the top to the bottom. Additionally, it is configured to have a lower surface parallel to the horizontal surface.
  • the hook seating groove 114 may be formed to correspond to the shape of the hook 132. Because of this, the hook 132 provides engagement with the hook seating groove 114 in the initial state, so that the needle carrier 150 no longer moves proximally with respect to the handle 110.
  • the cap 120 is configured to cover at least a portion of the support portion 130 and can protect the interior of the applicator 100 from external contaminants or impacts. By removing the cap 120 from the handle 110, the user is ready to use the applicator 100.
  • At least a portion of the support portion 130 is configured to be inserted into the handle 110 and is configured to move linearly within the handle 110 as the handle 110 is pressed.
  • the support portion 130 may include a gear hole 131 and a hook 132.
  • the gear hole 131 is formed to accommodate one or more gears 140, and is preferably formed above half the height of the support portion 130, that is, at the top.
  • One or more gears 140 within the gear hole 131 may rotate about one axis. It is preferable that the gear holes 131 are formed in pairs and arranged to face each other.
  • the hook 132 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the support portion 130.
  • the hook 132 may be caught in the hook seating groove 114 in the initial state (see FIG. 3B), and the hook 132 may be caught in the hook hole 111 when the handle 110 is pressed all the way.
  • One or more gears 140 are disposed on the support portion 130 and are configured to rotate along one axis. At this time, the one or more gears are preferably spur gears, and a pair may be arranged parallel to each other.
  • One or more gears 140 may rotate along a portion of the handle 110 or may rotate along a portion of the needle carrier 150. Specifically, it is configured to rotate in engagement with the first rack 113 of the handle 110 or the second rack 152 of the needle carrier 150.
  • the needle carrier 150 is configured to move linearly within the support portion 130.
  • the needle carrier 150 may engage with one or more gears 140 and move in a straight line by rotation of the one or more gears 140. Regarding the movement of the needle carrier 150, it will be described in detail in FIG. 4.
  • the needle carrier 150 includes all or part of the rod grip portion 151, the second rack 152, and the through hole 153.
  • the rod grip portion 151 is configured to primarily contact the pressing rod 112 as the handle 110 is pressed and transmit the pressing force of the handle 110 to the needle carrier 150 (see FIG. 3A). At this time, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 can be maintained constant by the rod grip unit 151. In addition, when the handle 110 is pressed above a certain level, the rod grip portion 151 is configured to surround at least a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the pressing rod 112 and move along the height direction of the pressing rod 112. Because of this, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 may gradually decrease. The relationship between the rod grip portion 151 and the pressure rod 112 will be described in detail in FIG. 4.
  • the rod grip portion 151 preferably includes a pair of rod grip portions 151 and 151' disposed in symmetrical positions with respect to the center of the handle 110. At this time, the pair of rod grip portions 151 and 151' will be arranged to face the pair of pressure rods 112 and 112', respectively.
  • the rod grip portion 151 may have an end substantially clamp-shaped in order to surround the pressing rod 112. However, in the initial state, it is preferable to move downward by being pressed by the pressure rod 112, so it is preferable that the shortest distance between both ends of the clamp is smaller than the diameter of the pressure rod 112.
  • the second rack 152 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the needle carrier 150 along the height direction of the needle carrier 150.
  • the second rack 152 is preferably formed as a pair with one or more gears 140 facing each other (see FIG. 3A).
  • the through hole 153 is formed at the center of the needle carrier 150 and is formed to penetrate the needle carrier 150.
  • the needle holder 160 may be press-fitted into the through hole 153.
  • the needle holder 160 is constrained to the linear movement of the needle carrier 150 and is configured to move linearly together.
  • the needle carrier 150 is frictionally coupled to the through hole 153.
  • the present disclosure is not limited to this, and any method of bonding using adhesive or structural bonding may be used.
  • the needle 170 is coupled to the needle holder 160, is constrained to the linear movement of the needle holder 160, and is configured to move linearly together.
  • the needle 170 is configured to penetrate the user's skin.
  • the transmitter holder 180 is coupled with the transmitter 10 and is configured to linearly move the transmitter 10 from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 180 moves only in a direction from distal to proximal.
  • Figure 4 shows the operation of the applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. Meanwhile, note that in FIG. 4, the transmitter 10 is omitted from the drawing to show the structure of the applicator 100 in more detail.
  • Figure 4(a) shows the state before the handle 110 is pressed, that is, the initial state.
  • the handle 110, needle carrier 150, needle holder 160, needle 170, and transmitter holder 180 are disposed distally.
  • one or more gears 140 are facing the second rack 152 and are not facing the first rack 113.
  • rod grip portion 151 is only in contact with the pressurizing rod 112.
  • Figure 4(b) shows a state in which the handle 110 is pressed to about half and the needle 170 is inserted into the skin.
  • the pressing rod 112 presses the rod grip portion 151.
  • the pressing force applied to the handle 110 is directly transmitted to the needle carrier 150 through the rod grip portion 151.
  • the needle holder 160 and the needle 170 is transmitted to the needle holder 160 and the needle 170.
  • the rod grip portion 151 is pressed by the pressure rod 112, but the pressure rod 112 is not inserted between both ends of the clamp. For this reason, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 in the initial state and the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 in a state in which the handle 110 is pressed to about half may be the same.
  • one or more gears 140 engage and rotate with the second rack 152.
  • one or more gears 140 rotate in opposite directions, with the gear 140 shown on the left rotating clockwise and the gear 140 shown on the right rotating counterclockwise.
  • the one or more gears 140 face the distal end of the second rack 152 when the needle 170 is inserted to its maximum depth into the user's skin.
  • the transmitter holder 180 moves from distal to proximal together with the movement of the needle carrier 150.
  • Figure 4(c) shows a state in which the handle 110 is pressed all the way.
  • the pressing rod 112 may be inserted between both ends of the rod grip portion 151. At this time, the pressure rod 112 moves along the longitudinal direction of the rod grip portion 151, and as the handle 110 is pressed, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 decreases.
  • One or more gears 140 face the first rack 113 and rotate as the first rack 113 moves downward. At this time, the rotation direction of one or more gears 140 rotates in the opposite direction to the rotation direction in (b) of FIG. 4. That is, the gear 140 shown on the left rotates counterclockwise, and the gear 140 shown on the right rotates clockwise.
  • the needle carrier 150 moves from proximal to distal. This causes the needle holder 160 and needle 170 to move from proximal to distal. Because of this, the needle 170 can be pulled out from the user's skin.
  • the transmitter holder 180 is formed so as not to be separately fastened to the needle carrier 150. This allows the transmitter holder 180 to remain proximal even if the needle carrier 150 moves from the proximal back up.
  • the applicator 100 allows the user to hold the handle 110 and press it once from distal to proximal, and the needle 170 is applied to the skin according to the fastening relationship between the internal gears and the rack. It has the advantage of being simple to operate since it can be inserted and pulled out, and is easy to manufacture due to the small number of parts.
  • 5A and 5B are perspective views of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 5a shows a state in which the cap 220 is mounted
  • Figure 5b shows a state in which the cap 220 is removed.
  • the applicator 200 includes a handle 210 and a cap 220 configured to be mounted on the handle 210 (see FIG. 5A).
  • the support portion 230 is in direct contact with the user's skin and is formed to be at least partially inserted into the handle 210.
  • Figure 6 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 5b.
  • the applicator 200 includes a handle 210, a support portion 230, one or more cranks 240, one or more connecting rods 250, a needle carrier 260, a needle 270, and a transmitter holder ( 280) and all or part of the cap 220.
  • the handle 210 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably approximately cylindrical in shape.
  • At least a portion of the support portion 230 is configured to be inserted into the handle 210, and is configured to move linearly within the handle 210 as the handle 210 is pressed.
  • the support portion 230 may be manufactured by injection molding.
  • the first component 230a and the second component 230b may be manufactured separately, and the first component 230a and the second component 230b may be assembled to form the support portion 230.
  • the support portion 230 includes a crank shaft 231 that protrudes radially inward from one surface.
  • One or more cranks 240 may be coupled to the crank shaft 231.
  • cranks 240 are configured to rotate and linearly move within the handle 210. Meanwhile, in the present disclosure, it is assumed that there are two cranks 240, but it should be noted that there may be one or three or more cranks, and that this may be appropriately changed by the designer.
  • the one or more cranks 240 include a first crank 241 and a second crank 242.
  • the first crank 241 and the second crank 242 may preferably be manufactured by injection molding. At this time, each crank may be formed by assembling the first assemblies 241a and 242a and the second assemblies 241b and 242b.
  • One or more cranks 240 may rotate along a rack 211 (see FIG. 7) formed inside the handle 210.
  • the rack 211 may be formed on the inner bottom surface of the handle 210, extending along the height direction. Also, preferably, the racks 211 may be arranged one by one in radially opposite directions so that a pair of racks 211 face each other.
  • the first crank 241 and the second crank 242 are arranged to face each rack 211.
  • One or more connecting rods 250 have one end fastened to the crank 240 and the other end fastened to the needle carrier 260.
  • one connecting rod 250 includes a first insertion hole 253 formed at one end, and a first rod protrusion 244 is inserted into the first insertion hole 253.
  • one connecting rod 250 includes a second insertion hole 254 formed at the other end, and a rod fixing protrusion 261 is inserted into the second insertion hole 254.
  • One or more connecting rods 250 may include a first connecting rod 251 and a second connecting rod 252.
  • the first connecting rod 251 is fastened to the first crank 241, and the second connecting rod 252 is fastened to the second crank 242.
  • Needle carrier 260 may be subject to rotational and linear motion of one or more cranks 240 to linearly move between distal and proximal positions. At this time, the needle carrier 260 is connected to one or more cranks 240 and the connecting rod 250.
  • the needle carrier 260 is coupled with the needle 270 and is configured to move the needle 270 linearly from distal to proximal. Additionally, as needle carrier 260 moves from proximal to distal, needle 270 also moves from proximal to distal.
  • the needle carrier 260 may be formed by assembling two different parts 260a and 260b.
  • the transmitter holder 280 is coupled with the transmitter 20 and is configured to move the transmitter 20 linearly from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 280 moves back and forth between the distal and proximal sides, but the transmitter 20 moves only in a direction from the distal to the proximal.
  • Figure 8 shows the operation of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 8(a) shows the state before the handle 210 is pressed.
  • one or more cranks 240 are disposed at the distal end of the rack 211.
  • the support portion 230 is in contact with the skin, and the transmitter 20 and the transmitter holder 280 are in a distal state spaced apart from the skin. Additionally, one end of the connecting rod 250 is disposed most distally with respect to one or more cranks 240.
  • Figure 8(b) shows a state in which the handle 210 is pressed to about half and the needle 270 is inserted into the skin.
  • cranks 240 rotate. Specifically, the crank 240 disposed on the right rotates clockwise, and the crank 240 disposed on the left rotates counterclockwise, but it has not rotated one rotation but only about half a rotation, and the crank 240 disposed on the left rotates counterclockwise. It may be placed in a department. Because of this, the handle 210 will be moved along the support portion 230 by only the total moving distance.
  • the transmitter 20 and the transmitter holder 280 are in a proximal state in contact with the skin. Additionally, one end of the connecting rod 250 is disposed most proximally with respect to one or more cranks 240.
  • Figure 8(c) shows a state in which the handle 210 is pressed all the way and the needle 270 is retracted from the skin.
  • cranks 240 rotate. Specifically, the crank 240 disposed on the right is rotated clockwise, and the crank 240 disposed on the left is rotated the remaining half turn counterclockwise, and is disposed at the distal end of the rack 211. Because of this, the handle 210 will have moved the entire total distance along the support portion 230. Additionally, one end of the connecting rod 250 is again disposed distal to the one or more cranks 240.
  • the transmitter 20 is attached to the skin, and the needle carrier 260 is dependent on the movement of the connecting rod 250 and moves distally together. Due to this, the needle 270 that was inserted into the skin is pulled out from the skin.
  • the needle carrier 260 moves from the distal to the proximal and then again from the proximal to the distal. Round trip. Because of this, a reciprocating stroke in which the needle 270 is inserted and withdrawn is possible with just the user's action of pressing the handle.
  • FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 5B taken along line II-II'.
  • the handle 210 includes a first locking portion 212 and a second locking portion 213.
  • the first locking portion 212 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 210.
  • the second locking portion 213 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 210 and is formed distal to the first locking portion 212.
  • An inclined surface is formed on the lower surface of the second locking portion 213, but the upper surface may be formed parallel to the horizontal direction.
  • the support portion 230 may further include ribs 232.
  • the ribs 232 protrude radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the support portion 230.
  • FIG. 9A shows the state before the handle 210 is pressed.
  • the rib 232 of the support portion 230 is caught by the first locking portion 212 of the handle 210, and the proximal movement of the rib 232 may be prevented. That is, the rib 232 is hung on the first locking portion 212, so that the handle can be prevented from falling distally, that is, upward, in the state shown in (a) of FIG. 9A.
  • Figure 9a (b) shows a state in which the handle 210 is pressed all the way.
  • the rib 232 of the support portion 230 is caught by the second locking portion 213 of the handle 210, and the proximal movement of the rib 232 may be prevented. That is, the rib 232 is caught on the second locking portion 213, preventing the handle from falling upward in the state (b) of FIG. 9A. If the handle 210 is removed from the support part 230 in the state (b) of FIG. 9A, there may be a risk of reuse, but the second locking part 213 has the effect of preventing reuse.
  • Figure 9b is a cross-sectional view of Figure 5b taken along line III-III'.
  • Figure 9b shows the applicator 200 in a state in which the handle 210 is completely pressed.
  • the support portion 230 may further include a fixing groove 233.
  • the fixing groove 233 is recessed radially outward from the inner peripheral surface of the support part 230, and is preferably formed at a position spaced apart from the bottom of the support part 230 by the height of the transmitter holder 280.
  • the transmitter holder 280 includes a separation prevention protrusion 281.
  • the separation prevention protrusion 281 is formed on the upper surface of the transmitter holder 280 and protrudes radially outward.
  • the transmitter holder 280 can be mounted in the fixing groove 233.
  • the upper surface of the fixing groove 233 is formed parallel to the horizontal plane. This allows the transmitter holder 280 to move proximally and then stay in place rather than moving distally again.
  • Figure 10 is an enlarged view of the bottom of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 10 (a) shows a state before the handle 210 is pressed
  • Figure 10 (b) shows a state when the handle 210 is pressed all the way.
  • the support portion 230 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure further includes a hook protrusion 234 that protrudes radially inward on the inner bottom surface of the support portion 230.
  • the transmitter holder 280 may further include a transmitter support 230 and a hook 283.
  • the transmitter support portion 230 is configured to support the transmitter 20 at the distal end, and is configured to release the support force provided to the transmitter 20 at the proximal end.
  • the transmitter support 230 is preferably configured in a cantilever shape, and a hook 283 may be disposed at the free end of the transmitter support 230.
  • the hook protrusion 234 is formed to be caught by the hook 283, and by hooking the hook 283 on the hook protrusion 234, the free end of the transmitter support portion 230 can be spread radially outward (see Figure 10). (see (b)).
  • 11A to 11C are perspective views of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 11a shows a state in which both the upper cap 310 and the lower cap 312 are mounted
  • Figure 11b shows a state in which the lower cap 312 is removed
  • Figure 11c shows the upper cap 310 and the lower cap ( 312) shows the state in which all have been removed.
  • the applicator 300 includes an upper cap 310 and a lower cap 312 coupled to the upper cap 310 (see FIG. 11A).
  • the support part 320 When the upper cap 310 is removed from the support part 320, the support part 320, push cap 330, and rotation guide 340 are revealed (see Figure 11c). At this time, the rotation guide 340 is disposed between the push cap 330 and the support portion 320 to surround a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330.
  • the push cap 330 is coupled to the rotation guide 340 and is configured to move linearly along the rotation guide 340.
  • the rotation guide 340 is surrounded by a support portion 320.
  • the upper cap 310, lower cap 312, support portion 320, and push cap 330 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure are preferably substantially cylindrical in shape, but are not necessarily limited thereto.
  • Figure 12 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 300 includes an upper cap 310, a lower cap 312, a support part 320, a push cap 330, a rotation guide 340, a rotation block 350, and a needle part 360. ) and all or part of the spring 370 and the transmitter holder 380.
  • the upper cap 310 and lower cap 312 are configured to cover at least a portion of the support portion 320 and can protect the interior of the applicator 300 from external contaminants or impacts.
  • At least a portion of the support portion 320 is configured to be inserted into the upper cap 310 and the lower cap 312, and is configured to surround a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330.
  • the support portion 320 becomes a portion that directly contacts the skin during use of the applicator 300.
  • the push cap 330 is configured to be pressed by the user and is configured to move linearly along the height direction of the support portion 320.
  • the rotation guide 340 is formed to surround a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330. At this time, the push cap 330 is inserted into the upper hole 341 of the rotation guide 340. Additionally, the push cap 330 can move linearly along the rotation guide 340. At this time, the push cap guide protrusion 331 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330 is inserted into the push cap guide 342 formed on the upper surface of the rotation guide 340 to guide the linear movement of the push cap 330. .
  • a plurality of push cap guide protrusions 331 are arranged at equal intervals along the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330, but this is not necessarily limited, and only one push cap guide protrusion 331 is sufficient.
  • the push cap 330 may further include a push bar 334.
  • the push bar 334 is in contact with the rotation block 350 in the initial state and can transmit pressure provided by the user to the rotation block 350.
  • At least a portion of the rotation block 350 is disposed inside the rotation guide 340, and can move linearly from distal to proximal by pressing the push cap 330.
  • the rotation block 350 can rotate by a certain angle within the rotation guide 340.
  • the rotated rotation block 350 moves linearly from proximal to distal along the rotation guide 340. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 15.
  • the rotating block 350 includes a body 351 and guide wings 352.
  • the body 351 has an open upper surface and preferably has a substantially cylindrical shape.
  • the body 351 rotates and moves linearly inside the rotation guide 340.
  • the guide vane 352 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the body 351.
  • the guide vane 352 is interposed in the rotation guide 340 through the main hole 345 (see FIG. 15) of the rotation guide 340.
  • the upper surface of the guide vane 352 is composed of an inclined surface 353.
  • the inclination direction of the inclined surface 353 corresponds to the shape of the first seating hole 343 (see FIG. 15) and the second seating hole 344 (see FIG. 15). The movement of the guide vane 352 will be described in detail in FIG. 15.
  • the end of the push bar 334 is preferably formed to have a shape corresponding to the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352. That is, the lower surface of the push bar 334 is composed of an inclined surface and may be formed parallel to the inclined surface 353 of the rotating block 350.
  • the needle portion 360 is configured to engage the rotation block 350 to move the needle 362 linearly from distal to proximal. Additionally, when the needle portion 360 moves from proximal to distal, the needle 362 also moves from proximal to distal.
  • the needle portion 360 includes a coupling portion 361 that can be coupled to the rotating block 350 and a needle 362 that penetrates the skin.
  • the coupling portion 361 includes a circular plate-shaped member and a rod that protrudes laterally from the outer peripheral surface of the plate-shaped member. In this case, a plurality of rods may be formed.
  • the coupling portion 361 is coupled to the rotation block 350 and may be guided by the rotation guide 340.
  • One end of the spring 370 is fastened to the push cap 330, and the other end is fastened to the rotation block 350.
  • the spring 370 is placed between the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 in a tensioned state.
  • the transmitter holder 380 is coupled with the transmitter 30 and is configured to move the transmitter 30 linearly from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 380 moves back and forth between the distal and proximal sides, but the transmitter 30 moves only in a direction from the distal to the proximal.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B are for explaining the coupling between internal components of the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 13a shows the initial state in which the push cap 330, rotation guide 340, rotation block 350, and transmitter holder 380 are combined
  • Figure 13b shows the rotation block 350 and This shows the state in which the needle part 360 is coupled.
  • the push cap 330 may be inserted into the rotation guide 340 through the upper hole 341 formed on the upper surface of the rotation guide 340.
  • the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 may be inserted into a hole formed in the rotation guide 340.
  • the needle portion 360 may be coupled to the rotation guide 340 by interposing the coupling portion 361 in the needle guide 346 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340.
  • the needle guide 346 may be formed between a plurality of main holes 345 (see FIG. 15).
  • the transmitter holder 380 can be coupled to the rotation guide 340 by being inserted into the main hole 345 of the rotation guide 340.
  • the rotation block 350 may further include a needle mounting portion 355 that protrudes downward from the outer bottom surface.
  • the needle coupling portion 361 is formed to be coupled to the needle mounting portion 355.
  • Figure 14 shows a method of fastening a spring according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 14 , a detailed configuration of the spring 370 engaging the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 will be described.
  • Figure 14 (a) is for explaining the coupling relationship between the push cap 330 and the spring 370, and shows the inner surface of the push cap 330 and the spring 370 viewed from a front perspective perspective.
  • the push cap 330 includes a first spring holder 332 formed on the upper surface. One end of the spring 370 may be caught on the first spring holder 332.
  • Figure 14 (b) is for explaining the coupling relationship between the rotation block 350 and the spring 370, and shows the rotation block 350 and the spring 370 viewed from a front perspective perspective.
  • the rotation block 350 includes a second spring holder 354 that protrudes inward from the inner bottom.
  • the other end of the spring 370 may be caught on the second spring holder 354.
  • the second spring holder 354 protrudes from the inner bottom surface of the body 351.
  • the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are connected with a spring 370 therebetween, and at this time, the spring 370 is in a tensioned state in the initial state, and is preferably tensioned and rotated in one direction. It is in a state of being Because of this, the spring 370 may be compressed and have the potential to rotate in the opposite direction.
  • the distance between the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 can be maintained by the push bar 334 (see FIG. 12) of the push cap 330.
  • Figure 15 shows the operation of the applicator according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first row of FIG. 15 shows the front of the applicator 300, and the second row shows the cross section of the applicator 300. At this time, the cross section is cut along II' of the combined state of the push cap 330 and the rotation guide 340 of Figure 11c.
  • the push cap 330 may further include a locking protrusion 333 that protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface.
  • the locking protrusion 333 may be caught on the outer upper surface of the rotation guide 340. Due to this, the applicator 300 can be prevented from being triggered by the user accidentally pressing the push cap 330. Meanwhile, when more than a predetermined pressure is applied to the locking protrusion 333, the lock between the locking protrusion 333 and the push cap 330 may be released. That is, the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure can naturally induce the user to press the push cap 330 with more than a predetermined force.
  • the rotation guide 340 may further include a first seating hole 343, a second seating hole 344, and a main hole 345.
  • the first seating hole 343 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340 and is formed to seat the guide blade 352.
  • the first seating hole 343 preferably has the same shape as the inclined surface 353 of the guide blade 352.
  • the second seating hole 344 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340 and is formed to seat the guide blade 352. At this time, the second seating hole 344 is formed adjacent to the first seating hole 343.
  • the angle between the second seating hole 344 and the first seating hole 343 is preferably formed to be smaller than the angle at which the spring 370 is rotated in its initial state.
  • the main hole 345 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340, and is formed lower than the first seating hole 343 and the second seating hole 344.
  • the first seating hole 343 and the second seating hole 344 are shaped to merge into the main hole 345 at the bottom. In other words, the first seating hole 343 and the second seating hole 344 branch from the main hole 345.
  • Figure 15(a) shows the state before the push cap 330 is pressed.
  • the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are disposed distally.
  • the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 is seated in the first seating hole 343.
  • the push bar 334 in the initial state, is pressing the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352, so the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are spaced apart by a certain distance. It is done. Accordingly, the spring 370 is in a state of tension and rotation.
  • Figure 15(b) shows a state in which the push cap 330 is pressed and the rotation block 350 moves from the distal to the proximal position.
  • the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 is moved proximally while being arranged in parallel with the first seating hole 343.
  • the push bar 334 is still pressing the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352, and the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are spaced apart by a certain distance.
  • the spring 370 is still tensioned and rotated.
  • Figure 15 (c) shows a state in which the push cap 330 is pressed and the rotation block 350 rotates proximally in one direction and in the opposite direction.
  • the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 rotates in the opposite direction of one direction in the proximal state.
  • the spring 370 rotates due to the potential held by the spring 370 until process (b). Meanwhile, due to the rotation of the spring 370, the rotation block 350 coupled to the spring 370 also rotates.
  • Figure 15(d) shows a state in which the rotation block 350 moves from the proximal to the distal while the push cap 330 is pressed. As the spring 370 is compressed, the rotating block 350 is seated in the second seating hole 344. As described above, since the push bar 334 and the guide vane 352 are placed in staggered positions, the rotation block 350 can move distally.
  • steps (a) to (d) of FIG. 15 are shown as being performed at regular time intervals, but steps (b) to (d) are performed at the moment the user presses the push cap 330. It is due to Therefore, since it is performed faster than the average user's recognition speed, the user has the advantage of being able to use the applicator 300 simply and without much pain.
  • the needle when using the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present application, the needle can be inserted and withdrawn into the skin simply by the user pressing the push cap 330, which is intuitive and simple, and pain is minimized. There is an advantage to being able to do it.
  • 16A and 16B are perspective views of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 16a shows a state in which the cap 420 is installed
  • Figure 16b shows a state in which the cap 420 is removed.
  • the applicator 400 includes a handle 410 and a cap 420 that is detachable from the handle 410 (see FIG. 16A).
  • Figure 17 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 16a. 17 and 18, the components of the applicator 400 according to the fourth embodiment and the connection relationships between the components will be described. Meanwhile, Figure 18 shows the applicator 400 after it is manufactured and before use, and when the cap 420 is removed, it is in an initial state for use.
  • the applicator 400 includes all or part of a handle 410, a cap 420, a cylinder 430, a piston 440, and a transmitter holder 450.
  • the handle 410 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably roughly cylindrical in shape.
  • the upper surface is covered by the handle cover 411.
  • the handle cover 411 is coupled to the handle 410 to form an internal receiving space, making the assembly process easier since only the handle cover 411 needs to be assembled in the final step after internal assembly of the applicator 400. has advantages.
  • the present disclosure is not limited to this, and the handle 410 and the handle cover 411 may be formed as one piece depending on the designer's selection.
  • the cap 420 is configured to be mounted on or removed from the handle 410 and can protect the inside of the applicator 400 from external contaminants or impacts.
  • the cap 420 is preferably approximately cylindrical.
  • the cylinder 430 includes a first body 431 and a second body 432 disposed below the first body 431.
  • the diameter of the first body 431 is smaller than the diameter of the second body 432.
  • the cylinder 430 is in direct contact with the user's skin when the applicator 400 is used.
  • the piston 440 is configured to be at least partially inserted into the cylinder 430.
  • the outer diameter of the piston 440 is the same as or slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the first body 431. Because of this, the piston 440 is press-fitted into the first body 431, and the space formed between the first body 431 and the piston 440 has limited fluid communication with the outside air.
  • a rubber packing 441 is coupled to the end of the piston 440.
  • the interior of the first body 431 into which the piston 440 is inserted may be sealed by a rubber packing 441 and a packing 430a. Meanwhile, the rubber packing 441 may be formed by double injection into the piston 440 in the manufacturing stage, but is not necessarily limited thereto.
  • the piston 440 has a flange 443 formed on one side.
  • the diameter of the flange 443 is larger than the inner diameter of the first body 431 and smaller than the inner diameter of the second body 432.
  • a needle 442 is attached to one surface of the flange.
  • the needle 442 is configured to be inserted through the user's skin and can penetrate the transmitter holder 450 and the transmitter (not shown).
  • the transmitter holder 450 is coupled with a transmitter (not shown) and is configured to move the transmitter linearly from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, it is desirable that the transmitter holder 450 and the transmitter move only in a direction from the distal to the proximal.
  • the transmitter holder 450 is configured to move by applying pressure from the distal to the proximal direction of the piston 440, which will be described in detail in FIG. 19.
  • FIG. 19 shows the operation of the applicator according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure. Specifically, FIG. 19 shows the process of operating the applicator 400 as a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of FIG. 16A.
  • the handle 410 includes a cantilever-shaped hook 413 with one free end.
  • the hook 413 is disposed on the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410 and is configured to engage with the flange 443 of the piston 440.
  • the fixed end of the hook 413 is preferably disposed lower than the free end. This allows the hook 413 to press the flange 443 in the direction of movement while the piston 440 moves from distal to proximal.
  • the cylinder 430 includes a hook resistance portion 433.
  • the hook resistance portion 433 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the cylinder 430.
  • the hook resistance unit 433 is configured to disengage the hook 413.
  • the operation method of the hook 413 and the hook resistance unit 433 will be described.
  • Figure 19(a) shows the state before the handle 410 is pressed.
  • the handle 410 is spaced apart from the user's skin. Additionally, the piston 440 is press-fitted into the first body 431 of the cylinder 430. There is a very small amount of air between the piston 440 and the first body 431, so it is preferable that it is in a subvacuum state.
  • the hook 413 of the handle 410 is engaged with the flange 443.
  • Transmitter holder 450 is supported by handle 410 and is disposed distally. The configuration in which the transmitter holder 450 is supported by the handle 410 will be described in detail in FIG. 20.
  • Figure 19(b) shows a state in which the handle 410 is pressed and the needle 442 is inserted into the skin.
  • the piston 440 moves from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, as the handle 410 moves proximally, the hook 413 comes into contact with the hook resistance portion 433, and as the handle 410 moves further proximally, the hook 413 moves outward. In other words, as the hook 413 is moved away by the hook resistance portion 433, the coupling between the hook 413 and the flange 443 may be released. Because of this, the transmitter holder 450 may no longer be restricted to the movement of the piston 440.
  • the movement of the piston 440 from distal to proximal causes the needle 442 to be inserted into the user's skin.
  • the applicator 400 according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure can be structurally prevented from being reused.
  • Figure 19(c) shows the state in which the needle 442 is pulled out from the skin.
  • the handle 410 is located proximally, and the piston 440 moves from the proximal to the distal. Due to the movement of the piston 440, the needle 442 inserted into the user's skin may be pulled out. The piston 440 is reinserted into the first body 431.
  • the transmitter holder 450 remains proximal, that is, close to the skin.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line II-II'.
  • FIG. 20 shows the initial state. Referring to FIG. 20, the configuration for preventing triggering in the initial state and the coupling relationship between the transmitter holder 450 and the handle 410 will be explained.
  • the handle 410 includes a first anti-advance protrusion 414 .
  • the first advance prevention protrusion 414 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410.
  • the cylinder 430 includes a second advance prevention protrusion 434.
  • the second advance prevention protrusion 434 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder 430.
  • the first advancement prevention protrusion 414 and the second advancement prevention protrusion 434 face each other, and specifically, the lower surface of the first advancement prevention protrusion 414 and the second advancement prevention protrusion 434 ) can face each other.
  • the lower surface of the first advancement prevention protrusion 414 and the upper surface of the second advancement prevention protrusion 434 are preferably configured to be inclined from distal to proximal. For this reason, the handle 410 is not pressed by a force less than a certain amount, and the handle 410 can be moved from the distal to the proximal only when a force greater than a certain amount is applied. That is, in the initial state, it is possible to prevent the applicator 400 from being triggered by pressing the handle 410 due to an unexpected impact, etc., but when the user intends to use it, it is possible to induce a pressing force higher than the level that can be pressed all the way. There will be. As a result, a phenomenon in which the needle 442 is not inserted due to stopping in the middle when pressing the handle 410 can be prevented.
  • the handle 410 may further include a first fixing protrusion 412.
  • the first fixing protrusion 412 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410.
  • the transmitter holder 450 includes a second fixing protrusion 451.
  • the second fixing protrusion 451 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the transmitter holder 450.
  • the first fixing protrusion 412 and the second fixing protrusion 451 are engaged with each other, and specifically, the second fixing protrusion 451 is disposed on the first fixing protrusion 412. Because of this, the transmitter holder 450 can be supported by the handle 410.
  • the upper surface of the first fixing protrusion 412 and the lower surface of the second fixing protrusion 451 are preferably formed parallel to the horizontal plane. Because of this, in the initial state, the transmitter holder 450 can be stably fixed without being separated from the distal position.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line III-III'.
  • Figure 21 shows the state after the needle is returned after triggering, and the configuration for preventing reuse of the applicator 400 will be described with reference to Figure 21.
  • the handle 410 may further include a first anti-retraction protrusion 415.
  • the first anti-retraction protrusion 415 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410.
  • the cylinder 430 may further include a second anti-retraction protrusion 435.
  • the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder 430.
  • the first anti-retraction protrusion 415 and the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 face each other, and specifically, the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 is on the first anti-retraction protrusion 415. is placed in Because of this, the handle 410 can be prevented from retracting distally while being moved proximally.
  • the upper surface of the first anti-retraction protrusion 415 and the lower surface of the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 are preferably formed parallel to the horizontal plane. Because of this, the handle 410 and the piston 440 may not be separated from the proximal position in a finished state. That is, since the piston 440 can no longer move from proximal to distal, the needle 442 can be prevented from protruding out of the applicator 400 again. This has the effect of preventing the user from being stabbed or injured by the contaminated needle 442 after use.
  • Figure 22 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure includes a housing 510.
  • the housing 510 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably in the shape of a hollow pillar. Additionally, the middle of the housing 510 may be concave so that the user can easily hold it as a whole. Meanwhile, the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure is different from the previous first to fourth embodiments in that the applicator 500 is not triggered by direct pressure from the user, but is automatically triggered by pressing a button. It works.
  • the applicator 500 further includes a first button 520 and a second button 530.
  • the first button 520 is disposed on the upper surface of the housing 510 and is configured to be pressed downward.
  • the second button 530 is disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing 510 and is configured to be pressed toward the inside of the housing 510.
  • Figure 23 is an exploded perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 24 shows the interior of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 500 includes a housing 510, a first button 520, a second button 530, a driving unit 540, a needle carrier 550, a needle 560, and a transmitter holder 570. ) includes all or part of.
  • the bottom of the housing 510 is in contact with the user's skin, and is configured to insert the sensor mounted on the transmitter 50 into the user's skin.
  • the housing 510 can be manufactured by injection molding.
  • the first component 510a and the second component 510b may be manufactured separately, and the first component 510a and the second component 510b may be assembled to form the housing 510.
  • the housing 510 may include a housing fixing part 511, a drum 512, and a wheel fixing part 513.
  • the housing fixing part 511 is configured to be coupled to the first member 510a and the second member 510b. Specifically, the housing fixing portion 511 is configured to be fastened to the outer peripheral surface of at least a portion of the first component 510a and the second component 510b, preferably at the upper end. Because of this, the assembly of the first component 510a and the second component 510b can be stably fixed. When an external impact is applied to the applicator 500, there is a risk that the prefabricated housing 510 may be disassembled, but the housing fixing part 511 is used in the first configuration (510a) and the second configuration (510b). Since the connection is maintained firmly, there is an effect that disassembly of the applicator 500 can be prevented.
  • the drum 512 is formed to correspond to the overall shape of the spring so that the spring 541 can be disposed therein. As will be described later, since the spring 541 according to the fifth embodiment of the present disclosure is in the shape of a wound roll spring, the drum 512 is preferably formed in a substantially cylindrical shape.
  • a spring fixing groove 512a configured to hold the outer end 541a of the spring may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the drum 512.
  • the spring fixing groove 512a may have a shape in which at least a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the drum 512 is cut.
  • the wheel fixing portion 513 is disposed at the center of the drum 512 and protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the second component 510b.
  • the center of the wheel 542 penetrates the wheel fixing part 513, so that the wheel 542 can be stably mounted.
  • the wheel fixing part 513 preferably has a smooth outer peripheral surface so that the wheel 542 can rotate around the wheel fixing part 513.
  • the first button 520 is configured to be inserted into the housing 510 and configured to be pressed in a direction from distal to proximal.
  • the second button 530 is configured to be inserted into the housing 510 and is configured to be pressed in a horizontal direction.
  • the applicator 500 can be triggered only when both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed. At this time, the order in which the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed does not matter. That is, the first button 520 and the second button 530 can function as both a safety unlock button and a press button.
  • the driving unit 540 is configured to linearly move the needle carrier 550 and the needle 560 between the distal and proximal sides in response to the pressing of the first button 520 and the second button 530.
  • the driving unit 540 may include a spring 541, a wheel 542, and a guide protrusion 543.
  • One end of the spring 541 is fastened to the wheel 542, and the other end is fastened to one surface of the drum 512.
  • one end refers to an end disposed inside the spring 541, and the other end refers to an end disposed outside the spring 541.
  • One end is fixed by being caught on a protrusion (544, see FIG. 26) formed on the wheel 542, and the other end can be fixed by being caught by a fixing protrusion (not shown) provided separately on one side of the drum.
  • the spring 541 is a power source that provides power to enable linear movement of the needle carrier 550.
  • the spring 541 is preferably a wound roll spring.
  • the spring 541 is compressed and assembled in its initial state.
  • the fastener that secures the compression of the spring 541 is released, and the spring 541 is tensioned to return to its original state.
  • the inner end of the spring 541 rotates in the direction opposite to the compressed direction.
  • the principle of a type of Scotch Yoke or double slider crank mechanism in which the rotational movement of the spring 541 is converted into the linear movement of the needle carrier 550 and the needle 560 may be applied. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 25.
  • the wheel 542 is combined with the drum 512 to form an internal receiving space.
  • a spring 541 may be disposed in the receiving space formed between the wheel 542 and the drum 512. Additionally, the wheel 542 is coupled to the spring 541 and configured to rotate together with the rotation of the spring 541.
  • the guide protrusion 543 protrudes from one surface of the wheel 542 toward the inside of the applicator 500.
  • the needle carrier 550 is configured to move linearly within the housing 510. At this time, the linear movement of the needle carrier 550 may be caused by the rotational movement of the driving unit 540. To this end, the needle carrier 550 may include a lateral guide 551 and a longitudinal guide 553, and the needle carrier 550 may have an overall English letter T shape (see FIG. 24).
  • the guide protrusion 543 of the driving unit 540 may be inserted into the lateral guide 551. As the wheel 542 rotates, the guide protrusion 543 rotates, and accordingly, the guide protrusion 543 can move left and right along the lateral guide 551. This causes the needle carrier 550 to move linearly between the distal and proximal sides.
  • the lateral guide 551 is configured to be fastened to the first button 520, and can be moved only when fastened to the first button 520 is released. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 26.
  • the longitudinal guide 553 extends from one surface of the transverse guide 551 in a direction from distal to proximal.
  • the longitudinal guide 553 is coupled to the needle 560 and can fix the needle 560.
  • the longitudinal guide 553 is configured to be fastened to the second button 530, and can be moved only when fastened to the second button 530 is released. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 27.
  • the needle 560 is coupled to the needle carrier 550 and is configured to move linearly together while being constrained by the linear motion of the needle carrier 550.
  • the needle 560 is configured to penetrate the user's skin.
  • the transmitter holder 570 is coupled with the transmitter 50 and is configured to move the transmitter 50 linearly from distal to proximal. Transmitter holder 570 is pressed from distal to proximal by longitudinal guide 553. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 570 moves only in a direction from distal to proximal.
  • the housing 510 according to the present disclosure is manufactured separately into two parts, during the manufacturing process of the applicator 500, the spring 541, the wheel 542, The needle carrier 550, the first component 510a, and the second button 530 may be stacked and assembled in that order. This has the advantage of simplifying the assembly process of the applicator 500 and reducing manufacturing costs.
  • Figure 25 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 25(a) shows a state in which at least one of the first button 520 and the second button 530 is not pressed, that is, in the initial state.
  • the guide protrusion 543 is positioned at the most distal position, and accordingly, the needle carrier 550 will also be positioned at the distal position. Meanwhile, the spring 541 at this time will be in a tensioned state.
  • the needle carrier 550 presses the first button 520.
  • proximal movement is restricted by the second button 530. Due to this, the movement of the guide protrusion 543, wheel 542, and spring 541 directly/indirectly connected to the needle carrier 550 is restricted.
  • Figure 25(b) shows a state in which both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed and the needle 560 is inserted into the skin.
  • the spring 541 rotates in one direction (in FIG. 25 of the present disclosure, it is shown counterclockwise, but the opposite direction may also be used). However, in order to enable rotation in the opposite direction, the direction of the hook formed on the other end of the spring 541 must be in the opposite direction.
  • the guide protrusion 543 is disposed most proximally, and accordingly the needle carrier 550 is also disposed proximally. Meanwhile, the spring 541 will be in a half-tensioned state.
  • needle 560 may also move proximally and be inserted into the user's skin.
  • Figure 25(c) shows a state in which the needle 560 is pulled out from the user's skin.
  • the spring 541 further rotates in one direction.
  • the guide protrusion 543 is disposed distally again, and the needle carrier 550 is also disposed distally accordingly. Meanwhile, the spring 541 will be completely untensioned, and no driving force will be generated by the spring 541.
  • needle 560 may move distally and be withdrawn from the user's skin.
  • Figures 26 and 27 show the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure. Specifically, Figure 26 shows fastening between the first button 520 and the longitudinal guide 553.
  • the first button 520 of the present disclosure may further include an extension portion 521 and a stopping protrusion 522.
  • the extension portion 521 protrudes downward from the lower surface of the first button 520 and is configured to be inserted into one surface of the longitudinal guide 553.
  • a pair of extension portions 521 may be formed to face each other.
  • the stopping protrusion 522 protrudes from one surface of the extension portion 521.
  • the protruding direction is preferably a direction toward the radial outside of the applicator 500 when the applicator 500 is assembled.
  • the stopping protrusion 522 is preferably formed to be spaced apart from the lower surface of the first button 520.
  • a trigger prevention unit 545 which will be described below, may be disposed in the space between the lower surface of the first button 520 and the catching protrusion 522.
  • the blocking protrusion 522 may face the driving unit 540, particularly a portion of the wheel 542, and prevent the wheel 542 from rotating.
  • the driving unit 540 may further include a spring fixing protrusion 544 and a trigger prevention unit 545.
  • a spring fixing protrusion 544 is formed on one surface of the wheel 542.
  • one surface of the wheel 542 refers to the surface on which the spring 541 is disposed.
  • One end of the spring 541 is fastened to the spring fixing protrusion 544, and through this, the relative positions of the spring 541 and the wheel 542 can be fixed.
  • the end of the spring 541 refers to the end disposed inside the spring 541. While the spring 541 is compressed to return to its original state from the tensioned state, the inner end of the spring 541 rotates.
  • the spring fixing protrusion 544 and the spring 541 are coupled, so that the wheel 542 can rotate in response to the compression process of the spring 541.
  • the trigger prevention portion 545 is formed on the other surface of the wheel 542.
  • the other surface of the wheel 542 is a surface formed in a direction opposite to the one surface, and refers to the surface facing the needle carrier 550.
  • the trigger prevention portion 545 has an overall arc shape along the circumference of the other surface of the wheel 542 and may protrude from the other surface.
  • the protruding direction is preferably a direction toward the radial inside of the applicator 500 when the applicator 500 is assembled. That is, the locking protrusion 522 and the trigger prevention portion 545 are formed at positions where they can be engaged by protruding in opposite directions.
  • the needle carrier 550 may further include a first button engaging portion 554.
  • the first button engaging portion 554 is a type of groove or hole formed on the upper surface of the lateral guide 551, and at least a portion of the extension portion 521 of the first button 520 is inserted into this groove. do.
  • the extension portion 521 of the first button 520 may not be inserted into the first button coupling portion 554.
  • the extension portion 521 is preferably inserted into the first button engaging portion 554. Due to this, downward movement of the first button can be guaranteed.
  • the locking protrusion 522 of the first button 520 is caught on the trigger prevention portion 545 of the wheel 542.
  • the extension portion 521 is inserted into the first button engaging portion 554, and the first button 520 moves proximally.
  • the locking protrusion 522 also moves proximally, and the locking of the trigger prevention portion 545 and the locking protrusion 522 is released. Because of this, the wheel 542 may be in a rotatable state.
  • the needle carrier 550 may further include an insertion groove 552.
  • the insertion groove 552 is a groove formed by recessing from one surface of the longitudinal guide 553. At this time, one side of the longitudinal guide 553 refers to the side facing the wheel 542.
  • the guide protrusion 543 of the wheel 542 is inserted into the insertion groove 552, and the guide protrusion 543 can move left and right in the insertion groove 552.
  • Figure 27 shows fastening between the second button 530 and the lateral guide 551.
  • the second button 530 may further include an extension 531 and a hook 532.
  • the extension portion 531 protrudes from the lower surface of the second button 530 and is configured to be inserted into one surface of the lateral guide 551. At this time, the protruding direction is preferably toward the radial inside of the applicator 500 when the applicator 500 is assembled. Preferably, a pair of extension portions 531 may be formed to face each other.
  • the hook 532 protrudes radially inside the second button 530 from the inner surface of the extension portion 531.
  • the hook 532 is preferably formed to be spaced apart from the lower surface of the second button 530.
  • a hook protrusion 555 which will be described below, may be disposed in the space between the lower surface of the second button 530 and the hook 532.
  • the hook 532 can prevent the needle carrier 550 from moving in a straight line by facing the needle carrier 550, especially the longitudinal guide 553.
  • the needle carrier 550 may further include a hook protrusion 555.
  • the hook protrusion 555 protrudes radially outward from one surface of the longitudinal guide 553 to the second button 530. That is, the hook 532 and the hook protrusion 555 may protrude in opposite directions, and thus may be formed at positions where they can engage with each other.
  • the hook 532 of the second button 530 is caught on the hook protrusion 555 of the needle carrier 550.
  • the second button 530 moves radially inside the applicator 500.
  • the hook 532 also moves, and the hook protrusion 555 and the hook 532 are released. Because of this, the needle carrier 550 may be capable of linear movement.
  • both the first button 520 and the second button 530 must be pressed.
  • first button 520 and the second button 530 may function as a safety lock release button when pressed first, and may function as a trigger button when pressed subsequently.
  • the pressing of the first button 520 and the pressing of the second button 530 are independent mechanisms, they can be pressed in any order.
  • Figure 28 is a bottom perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 500 has an opening 514 formed on the bottom.
  • the diameter of the opening 514 is preferably formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the maximum diameter of the transmitter 50. Because of this, it is possible to prevent contaminants from entering the interior of the applicator 500.
  • Figure 29 shows the transmitter holder and transmitter of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 30 shows the state after triggering of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the transmitter holder 570 may include a transmitter support portion 571.
  • Figure 29 (a) is a perspective view of the transmitter holder 570
  • Figure 29 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along II' of Figure 29 (a).
  • the transmitter support portion 571 is formed on one surface of the transmitter holder 570 and is configured to hold and support the transmitter 50.
  • the transmitter support 571 according to this embodiment may be an O-ring (see FIG. 30). In this case, friction is formed between the O-ring and the transmitter 50, and the transmitter 50 can be held stably even without a separate fastening or disengaging structure, which has the effect of reducing manufacturing costs.
  • the transmitter holder 570 may further include a pusher 572.
  • the pusher 572 is disposed on the upper surface of the transmitter holder 570 and is configured to rotate about an axis parallel to the horizontal plane (see (b) of FIG. 29). Meanwhile, in order to provide sufficient pressing force, it is preferable that a plurality of pushers 572 are provided.
  • the first end 573 of the pusher 572 is disposed outside the transmitter housing 510, and the second end 574 is disposed inside the transmitter holder 570.
  • the first end 573 collides with the inner bottom surface of the housing 510. Because of this, the pusher 572 can rotate in one direction.
  • one direction means the direction shown by the curved arrow in (b) of FIG. 29.
  • the second end 574 strongly presses the transmitter 50. Because of this, the transmitter 50, which is fixed by the transmitter support portion 571, can be removed from the transmitter holder 570.
  • Figure 31 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment may share other configurations except for the driving unit 540' with the applicator 500 according to the 5-2 embodiment. Therefore, please note that this disclosure only describes the driving unit 540'.
  • the driving unit 540' of the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment of the present disclosure includes all or part of an elastic body 541', a wheel 542', a guide protrusion, and a guide roller 544'.
  • the elastic body 541' is made of a material that has elasticity and can be stretched.
  • the elastic body 541' may be a rubber band, but the material may be appropriately changed by the designer.
  • One end of the elastic body 541' is fastened to the wheel 542', and the other end is fastened to one surface of the drum.
  • one end refers to an end disposed on the inside when the elastic body 541' is wound, and the other end refers to an end disposed on the outside.
  • the elastic body 541' is assembled by being stretched in its initial state. By pressing the first button 520 and the second button 530, the fastener that secures the tension of the elastic body 541' is released, and the elastic body 541' is compressed to return to its original state. As a result, one end of the elastic body 541' rotates.
  • the wheel 542' and guide protrusion (not shown) according to the 5-2 embodiment have the same configuration, shape, and function as the wheel 542 and the guide protrusion 543 according to the 5-1 embodiment.
  • the description is replaced with the description of Embodiment 5-1.
  • the guide roller 544' protrudes from one inner surface of the housing and may be arranged adjacent to the wheel 542' so that the elastic body 541' can be mounted.
  • the guide roller 544' preferably has a substantially cylindrical shape. Because of this, the elastic body 541' can slide along the outer peripheral surface of the guide roller 544'.
  • Figure 31 (a) shows a state in which at least one of the first button 520 and the second button 530 is not pressed, that is, in the initial state.
  • the guide protrusion (not shown) is positioned at the most distal position, and accordingly, the needle carrier 550' will also be positioned at the distal position. Meanwhile, the elastic body 541' at this time will be in a tensioned state.
  • the needle carrier 550' presses the first button 520. ) or the proximal movement is restricted by the second button 530. Due to this, the movement of the guide protrusion, wheel 542', and elastic body 541' directly/indirectly connected to the needle carrier 550' is restricted.
  • Figure 31 (b) shows a state in which both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed and the needle 560 is inserted into the skin.
  • the elastic body 541' rotates in one direction (in FIG. 31 of the present disclosure, it is shown counterclockwise, but the opposite direction may also be used). However, in order to enable rotation in the opposite direction, the direction in which the elastic body 541' is disposed on the guide roller 544' must be changed.
  • the guide protrusion is disposed most proximally, and the needle carrier 550' is also disposed proximally accordingly. Meanwhile, the elastic body 541' will be in a state where about half of the tension is released.
  • needle 560' may also move proximally and be inserted into the user's skin.
  • Figure 31(c) shows a state in which the needle 560' is pulled out from the user's skin.
  • the elastic body 541' further rotates in one direction.
  • the guide protrusion is again disposed distally, and accordingly the needle carrier 550' is also disposed distally. Meanwhile, the elastic body 541' will be completely released, and no driving force will be generated by the elastic body 541'.
  • needle 560' may move distally and be withdrawn from the user's skin.
  • Figure 32 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure includes a housing 610.
  • the housing 610 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably in the shape of a hollow pillar. Additionally, the middle of the housing 610 may be concave so that the user can easily hold it as a whole. Meanwhile, the applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure is different from the previous first to fourth embodiments in that the applicator 600 is not triggered directly by the user, but is automatically triggered by pressing a button. It works.
  • the applicator 600 further includes a button 620.
  • the button 620 is disposed on the upper surface of the housing 610 and is configured to be pressed downward.
  • the applicator 600 may further include a safety pin 630.
  • the safety pin 630 is configured to be inserted into or removed from the housing 610, and preferably has a knob shape so that the user can easily hold it.
  • Figures 33a and 33b show the interior of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 33a shows a state in which internal components are combined as seen from a rear perspective view
  • Figure 33b shows a state in which internal components are disassembled as viewed from a front exploded perspective view.
  • the applicator 600 includes all or part of a driving unit 640, a needle carrier 650, and a transmitter holder 660 disposed inside the housing 610.
  • the driving unit 640 includes a spring 641 and a wheel 642.
  • the spring 641 and wheel 642 according to the 6-1 embodiment have the same configuration, shape, and function as the spring 541 and wheel 542 of the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment, This is replaced with the description of Example 5-1.
  • the needle carrier 650 is configured to move linearly within the housing 610. At this time, the linear movement of the needle carrier 650 may be caused by the rotational movement of the driving unit 640. To this end, the needle carrier 650 may include a lateral guide 651 and a longitudinal guide 653, and the needle carrier 650 may have an overall English letter T shape.
  • a guide protrusion (not shown) of the driving unit 640 may be inserted into the lateral guide 651. As the wheel 642 rotates, the guide protrusion rotates accordingly, and thus the guide protrusion can move left and right along the lateral guide 651. This causes the needle carrier 650 to move linearly between the distal and proximal sides.
  • the lateral guide 651 is configured to be fastened to the button 620, and when the fastening to the button 620 is released, triggering is possible.
  • the fastening relationship between the first button 520 and the horizontal guide 551 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure can be applied to the fastening of the button 620 and the lateral guide 651 according to this embodiment. , Replaced with the description of Example 5-1.
  • the longitudinal guide 653 is configured to be fastened to the safety pin 630, and can be moved only when fastened to the safety pin 630 is released. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 34.
  • the transmitter holder 660 is coupled with a transmitter (not shown) and is configured to move the transmitter linearly from distal to proximal. Transmitter holder 660 is pressed from distal to proximal by longitudinal guide 653, and transmitter holder 660 moves only in the direction from distal to proximal.
  • Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along II' of Figure 32 and its enlarged view.
  • the safety pin 630 may include a grip portion 631, a first pin 632, and a second pin 633.
  • the grip part 631 is a part that the user grips.
  • the first pin 632 protrudes from the grip portion 631 and is preferably in the shape of a thin pin.
  • the second pin 633 protrudes from the grip portion 631 and is disposed lower than the first pin 632. At this time, the direction in which the first fin 632 and the second fin 633 protrude are the same.
  • the first pin 632 and the second pin 633 are inserted into one surface of the housing 610, and triggering is prevented by the first pin 632 and the second pin 633.
  • a hook 634 may be formed at the end of the second pin 633.
  • the hook 634 is caught at the end of the second pin hole 612, thereby preventing the safety pin 630 from being pulled out due to external impact, etc. Meanwhile, the hook 634 has an inclined surface formed in the direction in which the safety pin 630 is removed from the applicator 600. Because of this, the safety pin 630 can be removed only when the safety pin 630 is pulled with a certain force or more. In other words, the hook 634 can be coupled to the second pin hole 612 in a snap fit manner.
  • the housing 610 may include a first pin hole 611, a second pin hole 612, a spring holder 613, and a first pin groove 614.
  • the first pin hole 611 is a hole formed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing 610, into which the first pin 632 can be inserted.
  • the needle carrier 650 may include a first pin through hole 652.
  • the first pin through hole 652 is formed in the center of the lateral guide 651 of the needle carrier 650, and the first pin 632 penetrates the needle carrier 650 through the first pin through hole 652. You can.
  • the spring holder 613 is a configuration on which the spring 641 is mounted, and may have an overall boss shape.
  • a first pin groove 614 is formed in the flange portion of the spring mounting portion 613.
  • the first pin hole 611, the first pin through hole 652, and the first pin groove 614 are all circular in diameter and arranged coaxially. Because of this, the first pin 632 can fix the housing 610, the needle carrier 650, and the drive unit 640 all at once.
  • the end of the first button 620 comes into contact with the first pin 632. Accordingly, as long as the first pin 632 is inserted, the first button 620 will not be able to be pressed.
  • the second pin hole 612 is a hole formed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing 610, into which the second pin 633 is inserted, and is formed lower than the first pin hole 611.
  • the applicator 600 prevents the button 620 from being pressed when the safety pin 630 is inserted, and also prevents the rotation of the drive unit 640 and the linear movement of the needle carrier 650. It can be.
  • the hook 634 of the safety pin 630 prevents the safety pin from being pulled out from external impact, thereby increasing safety.
  • Figure 35 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 35(a) shows the grip part 631' in an unfolded state
  • Figure 35(b) shows the grip part 631' in a gathered state
  • the applicator 600' includes all or part of a housing 610', a button 620', and a safety pin 630'.
  • the housing 610' and the button 620' according to the 6-2 embodiment have the same configuration, shape, and function as the housing 610 and the button 620 according to the 6-1 embodiment. 1 Replaced with an explanation according to Example.
  • the safety pin 630' according to the 6-2 embodiment has two grip portions 631', and the grip portions 631' can be unfolded or gathered together. By unfolding the grip portion 631', the overall volume of the applicator 600' can be reduced, which has the advantage of reducing the amount of packaging material.
  • Figure 36 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment.
  • the safety pin 630' according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure includes a first pin 632', a second pin 633', a hook 634', and a support pin 635'. ) may further be included.
  • the first pin 632', second pin 633', and support pin 635' are arranged in order along the height direction of the housing 610'.
  • the first pin 632' is inserted into the first pin hole 611'
  • the second pin 633' is inserted into the second pin hole 612'
  • the support pin 635' is inserted into the support pin hole 611'. It is inserted at (613').
  • the configuration, shape, and function of the first pin 632', the second pin 633', and the hook 634' are the first pin 632, the second pin 633, and the hook 634' according to the 6-1 embodiment. It is the same as the hook 634, so it is replaced with the description of the 6-1 embodiment.
  • the support pin 635' can prevent the transmitter and the transmitter holder from moving proximally by contacting the lower surface of the transmitter while the safety pin 630' is inserted into the housing 610'.
  • Figure 37 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 700 according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure includes a housing 710.
  • the housing 710 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably in the shape of a hollow pillar. Additionally, the middle of the housing 710 may be concave so that the user can easily hold it as a whole. Meanwhile, the applicator 700 according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure, unlike the previous first to fourth embodiments, operates in an automatic trigger manner in which the applicator 700 is triggered automatically when a button is pressed, rather than being triggered by direct pressure from the user. .
  • the applicator 700 further includes a button 720.
  • the button 720 is disposed on the upper surface of the housing 710 and is configured to be pressed downward.
  • Figure 38 shows the interior of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the applicator 700 includes all or part of a cap 730, a driving unit 740, a needle carrier 750, and a transmitter holder 760.
  • the cap 730 is formed so that at least a portion of the cap 730 is inserted through an opening formed on the bottom of the housing 710.
  • the cap 730 is configured to protect the inside of the applicator 700 from external contaminants before the user uses the applicator 700.
  • the maximum diameter of the cap 730 is the same as or slightly larger than the diameter of the opening formed on the bottom of the housing 710.
  • the cap 730 may be made of one or more materials among ABS (Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene co polymer) resin, PC (Polycarbonate) resin, and PE (Polyethylene) resin, but is limited to materials commonly used in medical devices such as applicators. It can be applied without.
  • PC resin and ABS resin may be used in combination, but this can be appropriately changed depending on the designer's choice.
  • the cap 730 may include a support rod 731 and a sealing portion 732.
  • the support rod 731 contacts the transmitter and corresponds to a configuration that directly supports the transmitter and the transmitter holder 760.
  • the sealing portion 732 is configured to seal the opening formed in the bottom of the housing 710.
  • the driving unit 740 is configured to move the needle carrier 750 and the needle (not shown) in a straight line between the distal and proximal ends, in response to the pressing of the button 720.
  • the driving unit 740 may include a wheel 741.
  • the wheel 741 according to the seventh embodiment has the same structure, shape, and function as the wheel 542 of the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment. replace
  • the needle carrier 750 is configured to move linearly within the housing 710. At this time, the linear movement of the needle carrier 750 may be caused by the rotational movement of the driving unit 740.
  • the transmitter holder 760 is configured to couple with a transmitter (not shown) to move the transmitter linearly from distal to proximal.
  • Transmitter holder 760 is pressed from distal to proximal by needle carrier 750. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 760 moves only in the direction from distal to proximal.
  • Figure 38(a) shows the state before the cap 730 is removed
  • Figure 38(b) shows the state after the cap 730 has been removed.
  • the cap 730 supports the transmitter holder 760 in the distal direction. Due to this, the needle carrier 750, which is configured to allow linear movement, is also supported in a distal direction.
  • the needle carrier 750 and the transmitter holder 760 may come down slightly proximally. In this state, the user can press the button 720, and the applicator 700 is ready to be fired.
  • Figure 39 is a front view of a needle carrier according to a seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the needle carrier 750 of the present disclosure includes a lateral guide 751, an insertion groove 752, and a longitudinal guide 753.
  • the guide protrusion 742 (see FIG. 40) of the driving unit 740 may be inserted into the lateral guide 751. As the wheel 741 rotates, the guide protrusion 742 rotates, and accordingly, the guide protrusion 742 can move left and right along the lateral guide 751. This causes the needle carrier 750 to move linearly between the distal and proximal sides.
  • the insertion groove 752 is formed on the bottom of the lateral guide 751, and preferably has a width sufficient to allow the guide protrusion 742 to pass through.
  • the longitudinal guide 753 extends from one surface of the transverse guide 751 in a direction from distal to proximal.
  • the longitudinal guide 753 can be combined with the needle to fix the needle.
  • Figure 40 shows the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 40(a) shows the state before the cap 730 is removed
  • Figure 40(b) shows the state after the cap 730 has been removed.
  • the needle carrier 750 is supported distally, so the needle carrier 750 is slightly moved distally. Because of this, the guide protrusion 742 may span the insertion groove 752 of the needle carrier 750. Because of this, the lateral guide 751 cannot move in the lateral direction. Meanwhile, the lateral movement of the guide protrusion 742 is mutually restricted to the longitudinal movement due to the nature of circular motion. Since lateral movement is not possible, the longitudinal movement of the guide protrusion 742 is also limited. Due to this, triggering can be prevented.
  • Needle carrier 150, 260, 550, 550', 650, 750: Needle carrier

Abstract

Provided, according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, is an applicator comprising: a hollow column-shaped housing having an opening formed in one surface thereof; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing; a needle carrier configured to be coupled to the second button and undergoing a linear motion in between a distal portion and a proximal portion inside the housing; and a drive part configured to be coupled to the first button and provide power for the linear motion of the needle carrier.

Description

분석물 모니터링 장치용 삽입 장치Insertion device for analyte monitoring device
본 개시는 분석물 모니터링 장치용 삽입 장치에 관한 것으로, 구체적으로는 체내 분석물을 모니터링하기 위한 장치의 삽입 장치의 상세 구조에 관한 것이다.The present disclosure relates to an insertion device for an analyte monitoring device, and specifically relates to the detailed structure of an insertion device for a device for monitoring analytes in the body.
이 부분에 기술된 내용은 단순히 본 개시에 대한 배경정보를 제공할 뿐 종래기술을 구성하는 것은 아니다.The content described in this section simply provides background information for the present disclosure and does not constitute prior art.
최근 가공 식품에 대한 기호가 높아지면서, 사람들은 단당류에 쉽게 노출되고 있다. 이러한 환경 탓에, 당뇨 역시 급증하고 있다. 급격하게 혈당이 저하되거나 급격하게 혈당이 상승하게 될 경우, 당뇨병 환자는 쇼크에 이를 수 있고, 드문 경우지만 사망에 이를 수 있다. 이로 인해, 당뇨병 환자들은 지속적으로 혈당을 모니터링할 필요가 있다.Recently, as the preference for processed foods has increased, people are easily exposed to simple sugars. Because of this environment, diabetes is also rapidly increasing. If blood sugar levels suddenly drop or rise sharply, diabetic patients may go into shock and, in rare cases, death. Because of this, diabetic patients need to continuously monitor their blood sugar.
종래의 혈당 측정 기구의 경우, 란셋(lancet)을 이용해 손가락 단부를 절개하여, 절개된 틈 사이로 나오는 당뇨병 환자의 피를 혈당 분석 장치에 삽입하여 혈당을 계산한다.In the case of a conventional blood sugar measuring device, an incision is made at the end of the finger using a lancet, and the diabetic patient's blood that comes out through the incision is inserted into a blood sugar analysis device to calculate the blood sugar level.
이러한 방식의 혈당 측정 기구는 사용자에게 고통과 두려움을 제공한다. 또한, 매 시간 자신의 손가락에 상처를 내어 피를 나게 하는 것은 현실적으로 어렵다. This type of blood sugar measuring device causes pain and fear to the user. Also, it is realistically difficult to cut one's fingers and make them bleed every time.
이러한 문제점을 해결하기 위하여 연속 혈당 모니터링(continuous glucose monitoring, CGM) 시스템이 개발되었다. 미세한 두께를 갖는 센서와, 센서에서 측정되는 분석물(이하, "혈당")을 분석하기 위한 전자 장치(이하, "트랜스미터")를 당뇨병 환자의 피부에 부착하면, 일주일 내지 열흘 사이 기간 동안 지속적으로 혈당이 측정된다. To solve this problem, a continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) system was developed. When a sensor with a fine thickness and an electronic device (hereinafter referred to as “transmitter”) for analyzing the analyte (hereinafter referred to as “blood sugar”) measured by the sensor are attached to the skin of a diabetic patient, the blood is continuously transmitted for a period of one to ten days. Blood sugar is measured.
트랜스미터의 센서는 두께가 매우 얇아 직접 피부를 관통하기에 어려움이 있다. 이에, 피부에 니들을 삽입하여 그 틈으로 센서를 삽입하고, 니들은 인출하는 구성(이하, "어플리케이터")이 필요하다. The transmitter's sensor is very thin, making it difficult to penetrate the skin directly. Accordingly, a configuration (hereinafter referred to as “applicator”) is needed to insert a needle into the skin, insert a sensor into the gap, and withdraw the needle.
어플리케이터 사용시, 부드러운 사용감을 제공하는 것이 중요하다.When using an applicator, it is important to provide a smooth feel.
한편, US 2021-0038131 A1 문헌에 따르면, 센서 도입기(sensor introducer 106)를 센서 인서터(sensor inserter 500)에 삽입하여야 한다. 이때, 센서 도입기의 방향을 맞추어 센서 인서터에 삽입하여야 하는데, 이 과정에서 사용자는 피로감을 느낄 우려가 크다. 따라서, 어플리케이터는 쉬운 조작법으로 작동하는 것이 바람직하다.Meanwhile, according to US 2021-0038131 A1 document, the sensor introducer 106 must be inserted into the sensor inserter 500. At this time, the direction of the sensor introducer must be aligned and inserted into the sensor inserter, but there is a high risk that the user will feel fatigued during this process. Therefore, it is desirable for the applicator to operate with an easy operation method.
또한, 어플리케이터는 니들이 직접 사용자의 피부에 삽입되기 때문에, 위생을 위하여 일회만 사용되어야 한다. 일회용 물품의 제조 원가가 높은 것은 사용자에게 금전적으로 부담이 될 수 있기에, 최대한 제조 원가를 저감하는 것이 바람직하다. Additionally, since the applicator needle is inserted directly into the user's skin, it should be used only once for hygiene reasons. The high manufacturing cost of disposable items can be a financial burden to users, so it is desirable to reduce manufacturing costs as much as possible.
또한, 니들이 직접 사용자의 피부에 삽입되기 때문에, 재사용이 방지되는 것이 매우 중요하다. 따라서, 어플리케이터 구조적으로 재사용을 방지할 수 있는 구조가 구비되는 것이 바람직하다.Additionally, because the needle is inserted directly into the user's skin, it is very important to prevent reuse. Therefore, it is desirable for the applicator to be structurally provided with a structure that can prevent reuse.
또한, 어플리케이터 사용 시, 고통을 최소화하기 위하여 니들의 삽입 및 인출되는 과정이 최대한 빠른 속도로 이루어지는 것이 바람직하다.Additionally, when using an applicator, it is desirable that the process of inserting and withdrawing the needle be carried out as quickly as possible in order to minimize pain.
또한, 일부 사용자는 사용 설명서를 면밀하게 읽지 않을 우려가 있기 때문에, 직관적으로 사용 방법이 인식되는 것이 바람직하다. Additionally, since some users may not read the user manual carefully, it is desirable for the user to intuitively recognize how to use the device.
또한, 외부의 충격으로 인해 조립된 어플리케이터가 분해될 경우, 사용자는 정상적인 트랜스미터까지 사용하지 못하게 된다. 따라서, 외부의 충격이 있더라도, 어플리케이터는 견고하게 유지될 수 있는 것이 바람직하다.Additionally, if the assembled applicator is disassembled due to external impact, the user will not be able to use the transmitter normally. Therefore, it is desirable that the applicator can be firmly maintained even if there is an external impact.
또한, 어플리케이터 내부에서 트랜스미터를 안정적으로 고정 및 지지할 수 있어야, 외부의 충격이 있더라도 트랜스미터가 빠지지 않는 어플리케이터가 제공되는 것이 바람직하다. In addition, it is desirable to provide an applicator that must be able to stably fix and support the transmitter inside the applicator, so that the transmitter does not fall out even if there is an external impact.
또한, 사용자의 의도와 상관없이 불의로 격발되는 것을 방지하기 위한 구성이 마련되는 것이 바람직하다. Additionally, it is desirable to provide a configuration to prevent accidental triggering regardless of the user's intention.
이에, 본 개시는 외부 충격에 의해 어플리케이터가 격발되지 않도록 안전 장치가 구비된 어플리케이터를 제공하는 데 목적이 있다.Accordingly, the purpose of the present disclosure is to provide an applicator equipped with a safety device to prevent the applicator from being triggered by external shock.
또한, 본 개시는 외부 충격이 있더라도 트랜스미터가 안정적으로 고정될 수 있는 어플리케이터를 제공하는 데 목적이 있다.Additionally, the present disclosure aims to provide an applicator in which a transmitter can be stably fixed even if there is external impact.
본 발명이 해결하고자 하는 과제들은 이상에서 언급한 과제들로 제한되지 않으며, 언급되지 않은 또 다른 과제들은 아래의 기재로부터 통상의 기술자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The problems to be solved by the present invention are not limited to the problems mentioned above, and other problems not mentioned can be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the description below.
본 개시의 일 실시예에 의하면, 저면에 개구가 형성되는 중공 기둥 형상의 하우징; 상기 하우징의 상면에 배치되는 제1 버튼; 상기 하우징의 외주면에 배치되는 제2 버튼; 상기 제2 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 하우징의 내부에서 원위 및 근위 사이를 직선 운동하는 니들 캐리어; 및 상기 제1 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 니들 캐리어의 직선 운동의 동력을 제공하도록 구성된 구동부를 포함하는, 어플리케이터를 제공한다.According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, a hollow pillar-shaped housing having an opening formed on the bottom; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing; a needle carrier configured to be engaged with the second button and moving linearly between the distal end and the proximal end within the housing; and a driving unit configured to be engaged with the first button and configured to provide power for linear movement of the needle carrier.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 구동부는 압축된 상태로 상기 하우징의 내주면에 결합되는 권취된 스프링; 일면이 상기 스프링과 대면하며, 상기 스프링의 회전에 구속되는 휠; 상기 휠의 타면에 돌출 형성되며, 상기 휠의 원주를 따라 형성되는 호 형상의 격발 방지부; 및 상기 휠의 타면에 돌출 형성되며, 상기 격발 방지부보다 방사상 내측에 배치되는 가이드 돌기를 포함하고, 상기 니들 캐리어는 횡측 가이드; 및 상기 횡측 가이드의 일면으로부터 형성되어 하우징의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 종측 가이드를 포함한다.Also, preferably, the driving unit according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a wound spring coupled to the inner peripheral surface of the housing in a compressed state; a wheel whose one surface faces the spring and is constrained by the rotation of the spring; an arc-shaped trigger prevention portion protruding from the other surface of the wheel and formed along the circumference of the wheel; and a guide protrusion protruding from the other surface of the wheel and disposed radially inside the trigger prevention portion, wherein the needle carrier includes a lateral guide; and a longitudinal guide formed from one surface of the transverse guide and extending along the longitudinal direction of the housing.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 제1 버튼은 상기 제1 버튼의 하면으로부터 돌출 형성되는 연장부; 및 상기 연장부의 일면으로부터 상기 제1 버튼의 방사상 외측을 향하여 돌출 형성되되, 상기 격발 방지부와 대면하도록 구성된 걸림돌기를 포함하되, 상기 걸림돌기는 상기 제1 버튼의 하면으로부터 이격 형성되며, 상기 제1 버튼이 가압될 경우, 상기 걸림돌기와 상기 제1 버튼의 하면 사이의 이격된 공간에 상기 격발 방지부가 배치된다.Also, preferably, the first button according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes an extension portion protruding from a lower surface of the first button; and a locking protrusion protruding from one surface of the extension portion toward a radial outer side of the first button and configured to face the trigger prevention portion, wherein the locking protrusion is formed spaced apart from a lower surface of the first button, and the first button When pressed, the trigger prevention portion is disposed in a space spaced apart between the locking protrusion and the lower surface of the first button.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 니들 캐리어는 상기 종측 가이드의 측면으로부터 돌출 형성되는 후크 돌기를 포함하고, 상기 제2 버튼은 상기 제2 버튼의 하면으로부터 돌출 형성되되, 상기 하우징의 방사상 내측을 향해 배치되는 연장부; 및 상기 연장부의 일면으로부터 상기 제2 버튼의 방사상 내측을 향하여 돌출 형성되되, 상기 후크 돌기와 대면하도록 구성된 후크를 포함하고, 상기 후크는 상기 제2 버튼의 하면으로부터 이격 형성되며, 상기 제2 버튼이 가압될 경우, 상기 후크와 상기 제2 버튼의 하면 사이의 이격된 공간에 상기 후크 돌기가 배치된다.Also, preferably, the needle carrier according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a hook protrusion protruding from a side of the longitudinal guide, and the second button is protruding from a lower surface of the second button. an extension portion disposed radially inwardly of the housing; and a hook that protrudes from one surface of the extension portion toward a radial inner side of the second button and is configured to face the hook protrusion, wherein the hook is spaced apart from a lower surface of the second button, and when the second button is pressed. In this case, the hook protrusion is disposed in a spaced apart space between the hook and the lower surface of the second button.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 제1 버튼은 상기 구동부의 회전을 제한하도록 구성되고, 상기 제2 버튼은 상기 니들 캐리어의 직선 운동을 제한하도록 구성되며, 상기 제1 버튼 및 상기 제2 버튼이 동시에, 또는 순차적으로 가압되면 상기 구동부가 회전함으로써, 상기 니들 캐리어가 원위에서 근위로 이동한다.Also, preferably, the first button according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is configured to limit the rotation of the driving unit, and the second button is configured to limit the linear movement of the needle carrier, and the first button And when the second button is pressed simultaneously or sequentially, the drive unit rotates, thereby moving the needle carrier from distal to proximal.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 니들 캐리어에 의해 가압되어 원위에서 근위로 이동하며, 트랜스미터를 홀딩하도록 구성된 트랜스미터 홀더를 더 포함하되, 상기 트랜스미터 홀더는 상기 트랜스미터의 적어도 일부를 감싸도록 구성된 트랜스미터 지지부; 및 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 상면에 회동 가능하게 장착되는 푸셔를 포함한다.Additionally, preferably, the transmitter holder is pressed by the needle carrier according to an embodiment of the present disclosure and moves from distal to proximal, and is configured to hold a transmitter, wherein the transmitter holder holds at least a portion of the transmitter. a transmitter support configured to surround the transmitter; and a pusher rotatably mounted on the upper surface of the transmitter holder.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 푸셔의 일단은 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 외부에 배치되고, 상기 푸셔의 타단은 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 내부에 배치되되, 상기 푸셔의 일단은 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 하면보다 돌출되어 형성된다.Also, preferably, one end of the pusher according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is disposed outside the transmitter holder, and the other end of the pusher is disposed inside the transmitter holder, and one end of the pusher is disposed inside the transmitter holder. It is formed to protrude from the lower surface of the.
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 트랜스미터 홀더가 상기 니들 캐리어에 의해 원위에서 근위로 이동하면, 상기 푸셔의 일단은 상기 하우징의 내저면에 접하고, 상기 푸셔의 타단은 상기 트랜스미터의 상면을 가압한다.Also, preferably, when the transmitter holder according to an embodiment of the present disclosure moves from distal to proximal by the needle carrier, one end of the pusher is in contact with the inner bottom surface of the housing, and the other end of the pusher is connected to the transmitter. Pressurize the upper surface of
또한, 바람직하게는, 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 상기 트랜스미터 지지부와 상기 트랜스미터는 마찰결합된다.Also, preferably, the transmitter support portion and the transmitter according to an embodiment of the present disclosure are frictionally coupled.
또한, 본 개시의 다른 실시예에 따르면, 적어도 일부가 체내에 삽입되어 체내 분석물을 감지하도록 구성되는 센서; 상기 센서로부터 얻어진 체내 분석물과 관련된 정보를 처리하도록 구성된 트랜스미터; 및 상기 센서 및 상기 트랜스미터를 근위에서 원위로 이동시키도록 구성된 어플리케이터로서, 저면에 개구가 형성되는 중공 기둥 형상의 하우징; 상기 하우징의 상면에 배치되는 제1 버튼; 상기 하우징의 외주면에 배치되는 제2 버튼; 상기 제2 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 하우징의 내부에서 원위 및 근위 사이를 직선 운동하는 니들 캐리어; 및 상기 제1 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 니들 캐리어의 직선 운동의 동력을 제공하도록 구성된 구동부를 포함하는 어플리케이터를 포함하는, 센서 삽입 장치를 제공한다.In addition, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, at least a portion of the sensor is inserted into the body and configured to detect an analyte in the body; a transmitter configured to process information related to in vivo analytes obtained from the sensor; and an applicator configured to move the sensor and the transmitter from proximal to distal, comprising: a hollow column-shaped housing with an opening formed on the bottom; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing; a needle carrier configured to be engaged with the second button and moving linearly between the distal end and the proximal end within the housing; and an applicator configured to engage with the first button and including a driving unit configured to provide power for linear movement of the needle carrier.
이상에서 설명한 바와 같이 본 실시예에 의하면, 어플리케이터는 제1 버튼 및 제2 버튼이 모두 가압되어야 격발되기에, 외부 충격 등의 불의에 따른 격발을 방지할 수 있는 효과가 있다.As described above, according to this embodiment, the applicator is triggered only when both the first and second buttons are pressed, which has the effect of preventing accidental triggering due to an external shock or the like.
또한, 제1 버튼과 제2 버튼은 순서와 상관없이 가압될 수 있어, 사용자 친화적이고 사용이 용이하다는 효과가 있다.Additionally, the first button and the second button can be pressed regardless of the order, which has the effect of being user-friendly and easy to use.
도 1a 및 도 1b는 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.1A and 1B are perspective views of an applicator according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 2는 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다.Figure 2 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 3a은 도 1a를 Ⅰ-Ⅰ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다. FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line Ⅰ-Ⅰ'.
도 3b는 도 1a를 Ⅱ-Ⅱ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line II-II'.
도 4는 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다. Figure 4 shows the operation of the applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 5a 및 도 5b는 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.5A and 5B are perspective views of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 6은 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다. Figure 6 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 7은 도 5b를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 5b.
도 8은 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 8 shows the operation of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 9a는 도 5b를 Ⅱ-Ⅱ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 5B taken along line II-II'.
도 9b는 도 5b를 Ⅲ-Ⅲ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 9b is a cross-sectional view of Figure 5b taken along line III-III'.
도 10은 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 저면을 확대한 것이다.Figure 10 is an enlarged view of the bottom of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 11a 내지 도 11c는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.11A to 11C are perspective views of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 12는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다.Figure 12 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 13a 및 도 13b는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부 구성요소 간의 결합을 설명하기 위한 것이다.FIGS. 13A and 13B are for explaining the coupling between internal components of the applicator according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 14는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 스프링의 체결 방법을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 14 shows a method of fastening a spring according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 15는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 15 shows the operation of the applicator according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 16a 및 도 16b는 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.16A and 16B are perspective views of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 17은 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다.Figure 17 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 18은 도 16a를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 16a.
도 19는 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 19 shows the operation of the applicator according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 20은 도 16a를 Ⅱ-Ⅱ'를 따라 절단한 단면도 및 부분확대도이다.FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line II-II'.
도 21은 도 16a를 Ⅲ-Ⅲ'를 따라 절단한 단면도 및 부분확대도이다.FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line III-III'.
도 22는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.Figure 22 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 23은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다.Figure 23 is an exploded perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 24는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 24 shows the interior of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 25는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동 원리를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 25 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 26 내지 도 27은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 격발 방지 구성을 나타낸 것이다.Figures 26 and 27 show the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 28은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 저면사시도이다.Figure 28 is a bottom perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 29는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 트랜스미터 홀더 및 트랜스미터를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 29 shows the transmitter holder and transmitter of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 30은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 격발 후 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 30 shows the state after triggering of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 31은 본 개시의 제5-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동 원리를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 31 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 32는 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.Figure 32 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 33a 및 도 33b는 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부를 나타낸 것이다.Figures 33a and 33b show the interior of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 34는 도 32를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도 및 이를 확대한 것이다.Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along II' of Figure 32 and its enlarged view.
도 35는 본 개시의 제6-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.Figure 35 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 36은 제6-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 단면 사시도이다.Figure 36 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment.
도 37은 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다. Figure 37 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 38은 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 38 shows the interior of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 39는 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 니들 캐리어의 정면도이다.Figure 39 is a front view of a needle carrier according to a seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 40은 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 격발 방지 구성을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 40 shows the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
이하, 본 개시의 일부 실시예들을 예시적인 도면을 통해 상세하게 설명한다. 각 도면의 구성 요소들에 참조 부호를 부가함에 있어서, 동일한 구성 요소들에 대해서는 비록 다른 도면상에 표시되더라도 가능한 한 동일한 부호를 가지도록 하고 있음에 유의해야 한다. 또한, 본 개시를 설명함에 있어, 관련된 공지 구성 또는 기능에 대한 구체적인 설명이 본 개시의 요지를 흐릴 수 있다고 판단되는 경우에는 그 상세한 설명은 생략한다.Hereinafter, some embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail through illustrative drawings. When adding reference signs to components in each drawing, it should be noted that the same components are given the same reference numerals as much as possible even if they are shown in different drawings. Additionally, in describing the present disclosure, if it is determined that a detailed description of a related known configuration or function may obscure the gist of the present disclosure, the detailed description will be omitted.
본 개시에 따른 실시예의 구성요소를 설명하는 데 있어서, 제1, 제2, i), ii), a), b) 등의 부호를 사용할 수 있다. 이러한 부호는 그 구성요소를 다른 구성 요소와 구별하기 위한 것일 뿐, 그 부호에 의해 해당 구성요소의 본질 또는 차례나 순서 등이 한정되지 않는다. 명세서에서 어떤 부분이 어떤 구성요소를 '포함' 또는 '구비'한다고 할 때, 이는 명시적으로 반대되는 기재가 없는 한 다른 구성요소를 제외하는 것이 아니라 다른 구성요소를 더 포함할 수 있는 것을 의미한다.In describing the components of the embodiment according to the present disclosure, symbols such as first, second, i), ii), a), and b) may be used. These codes are only used to distinguish the component from other components, and the nature, sequence, or order of the component is not limited by the code. In the specification, when a part is said to 'include' or 'have' a certain element, this means that it does not exclude other elements, but may further include other elements, unless explicitly stated to the contrary. .
본 개시에서, "원위(distal position)"는 "근위(proximal position)"보다 상대적으로 피부에서 더 멀리 있는 위치를 의미한다. 한편, 원위와 근위는 서로 상대적인 위치에 대한 개념으로서, 어떤 요소가 다른 요소에 대해 근위이면서, 동시에 원위에 위치하는 것으로 이해될 수 있다. In the present disclosure, “distal position” means a position relatively farther from the skin than “proximal position.” Meanwhile, distal and proximal are concepts of relative positions, and can be understood as an element being located both proximal and distal to another element.
본 개시에서, "초기 상태(initial state)"는 사용자가 어플리케이터를 사용하기 전의 상태를 의미하는 것이다. In the present disclosure, “initial state” refers to the state before the user uses the applicator.
또한, 본 개시에서, "격발(fire)"은 어플리케이터를 작동시켜 니들이 사용자의 피부에 삽입되도록 하는 사용자의 행위를 의미한다. Additionally, in the present disclosure, “fire” refers to the user's action of activating the applicator to cause the needle to be inserted into the user's skin.
또한, 본 개시에서, "후퇴"는 니들이 사용자의 피부에 관통 삽입된 후, 원래의 위치로 복귀하는 과정을 의미한다. Additionally, in the present disclosure, “retraction” refers to the process of returning to the original position after the needle is inserted through the user's skin.
또한, 본 개시에서 "상방(upward)"은 근위에서 원위를 향하는 방향을 의미한다. Additionally, in the present disclosure, “upward” means a direction from proximal to distal.
또한, 본 개시에서 "하방(downward)"은 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향을 의미한다. Additionally, in the present disclosure, “downward” means a direction from distal to proximal.
또한, 본 개시에서 "수평"은 어플리케이터가 사용될 때, 어플리케이터가 접촉하는 평면이며, 피부면을 의미할 수 있다. 본 개시에서, 피부면의 굴곡은 고려되지 아니하였으며, 사용자의 피부면은 평면임을 가정하여 설명한다. Additionally, in the present disclosure, “horizontal” is a plane that the applicator contacts when the applicator is used, and may mean the skin surface. In the present disclosure, the curvature of the skin surface is not considered, and the explanation is made assuming that the user's skin surface is flat.
1. 제1 실시예1. First embodiment
도 1a 및 도 1b는 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.1A and 1B are perspective views of an applicator according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 1a는 캡(120)이 장착된 상태를, 도 1b는 캡(120)이 탈거된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Specifically, Figure 1a shows a state in which the cap 120 is installed, and Figure 1b shows a state in which the cap 120 is removed.
본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(100)는 핸들(110) 및 핸들(110)에 장착되도록 구성된 캡(120)을 포함한다(도 1a 참조).The applicator 100 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure includes a handle 110 and a cap 120 configured to be mounted on the handle 110 (see FIG. 1A).
본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 캡(120)이 핸들(110)로부터 탈거되면, 지지부(130)의 일부가 드러난다(도 1b 참조). 지지부(130)는 사용자의 피부에 직접 접촉하며, 핸들(110)에 적어도 일부가 삽입되도록 형성된다.When the cap 120 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure is removed from the handle 110, a portion of the support portion 130 is exposed (see FIG. 1B). The support portion 130 is in direct contact with the user's skin and is formed to be at least partially inserted into the handle 110.
도 2는 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다. 도 3a은 도 1a를 Ⅰ-Ⅰ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다. 도 3b는 도 1a를 Ⅱ-Ⅱ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 2 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line Ⅰ-Ⅰ'. FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 1A taken along line II-II'.
도 2 내지 도 3b를 참조하여, 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(100)의 구성요소와 구성요소간 결합관계를 설명한다.2 to 3B, the components of the applicator 100 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure and the connection relationships between the components will be described.
제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(100)는 핸들(110), 캡(120), 지지부(130), 하나 이상의 기어(140), 니들 캐리어(150), 니들 홀더(160), 니들(170) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(180)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다. The applicator 100 according to the first embodiment includes a handle 110, a cap 120, a support portion 130, one or more gears 140, a needle carrier 150, a needle holder 160, a needle 170, and Includes all or part of the transmitter holder 180.
핸들(110)은 사용자가 파지하도록 구성되며, 대략 원기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다.The handle 110 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably roughly cylindrical in shape.
핸들(110)은 후크 홀(111), 하나 이상의 가압 로드(112), 제1 랙(113) 및 후크 안착홈(114)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The handle 110 includes all or part of a hook hole 111, one or more pressure rods 112, a first rack 113, and a hook seating groove 114.
후크 홀(111)은 핸들(110)의 외주면에 형성되며, 후크(132)가 걸리도록 구성된다. 후크 홀(111)은 바람직하게는 핸들(110)의 높이 절반보다 위측, 즉, 상부에 형성된다. The hook hole 111 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the handle 110 and is configured to catch the hook 132. The hook hole 111 is preferably formed above half the height of the handle 110, that is, at the top.
하나 이상의 가압 로드(112)는 핸들(110)의 내부 천장면으로부터 내측을 향해 돌출 형성되는 로드(rod)이다(도 3a 참조). 하나 이상의 가압 로드(112)는 니들 캐리어(150)를 가압하도록 구성된다. One or more pressure rods 112 are rods that protrude inward from the inner ceiling surface of the handle 110 (see FIG. 3A). One or more pressure rods 112 are configured to pressure the needle carrier 150.
이때, 하나 이상의 가압 로드(112)는 핸들(110)의 중심에 대해 서로 대칭되는 위치에 배치되는 한 쌍의 가압 로드(112,112')를 포함하는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 핸들(110)에 의해 니들 캐리어(150)가 가압될 때, 어느 한 쪽으로 치우치지 않고, 전체적으로 동일한 힘으로 니들 캐리어(150)를 가압할 수 있다. 결과적으로, 니들 캐리어(150)가 원위에서 근위로 이동할 때, 또는 근위에서 다시 원위로 이동할 때, 안정적으로 이동할 수 있고, 사용자에게 부드러운 사용감을 제공할 수 있다는 장점이 있다.At this time, the one or more pressure rods 112 preferably include a pair of pressure rods 112 and 112' disposed in symmetrical positions with respect to the center of the handle 110. Because of this, when the needle carrier 150 is pressed by the handle 110, the needle carrier 150 can be pressed with the same overall force without being biased to one side. As a result, there is an advantage in that the needle carrier 150 can move stably when moving from the distal to the proximal, or when moving from the proximal back to the distal, and can provide a smooth feeling of use to the user.
제1 랙(113)은 핸들(110)의 높이 방향을 따라 핸들(110) 내주면에 형성된다. 제1 랙(113)은 하나 이상의 기어(140)와 서로 마주보도록 한 쌍으로 형성되는 것이 바람직하다(도 3a 참조). The first rack 113 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the handle 110 along the height direction of the handle 110. The first rack 113 is preferably formed as a pair with one or more gears 140 facing each other (see FIG. 3A).
후크 안착홈(114)은 핸들(110)의 내주면에 형성되며, 후크(132)가 걸리도록 구성된다. 후크 안착홈(114)은 바람직하게는 핸들(110)의 높이 절반보다 아래측, 즉, 하부에 형성된다. 이로 인해, 초기 상태에서 후크(132)는 후크 안착홈(114)에 고정될 수 있다(도 3b 참조). The hook seating groove 114 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the handle 110 and is configured to catch the hook 132. The hook seating groove 114 is preferably formed below half the height of the handle 110, that is, at the bottom. Because of this, the hook 132 can be fixed to the hook seating groove 114 in the initial state (see Figure 3b).
한편, 후크(132)는 상부에서 하부로 갈수록, 더 돌출되도록 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 수평면과 나란한 하면을 가지도록 구성된다. 후크 안착홈(114)은 이러한 후크(132)의 형상에 상응하도록 형성될 수 있다. 이로 인해, 후크(132)가 초기 상태에서 후크 안착홈(114)과의 걸림을 제공함으로써, 니들 캐리어(150)는 핸들(110)에 대해 근위로 더 이상 이동하지 않게 된다. Meanwhile, the hook 132 may be formed to protrude more from the top to the bottom. Additionally, it is configured to have a lower surface parallel to the horizontal surface. The hook seating groove 114 may be formed to correspond to the shape of the hook 132. Because of this, the hook 132 provides engagement with the hook seating groove 114 in the initial state, so that the needle carrier 150 no longer moves proximally with respect to the handle 110.
캡(120)은 지지부(130)의 적어도 일부를 커버하도록 구성되며, 외부 오염물이나 충격으로부터 어플리케이터(100)의 내부를 보호할 수 있다. 사용자가 캡(120)을 핸들(110)로부터 탈거시킴으로써 사용자는 어플리케이터(100)를 사용할 준비가 된다.The cap 120 is configured to cover at least a portion of the support portion 130 and can protect the interior of the applicator 100 from external contaminants or impacts. By removing the cap 120 from the handle 110, the user is ready to use the applicator 100.
지지부(130)는 적어도 일부가 핸들(110)에 삽입되도록 구성되며, 핸들(110)이 가압됨에 따라, 핸들(110)의 내부에서 직선 운동하도록 구성된다.At least a portion of the support portion 130 is configured to be inserted into the handle 110 and is configured to move linearly within the handle 110 as the handle 110 is pressed.
지지부(130)는 기어 홀(131) 및 후크(132)를 포함할 수 있다.The support portion 130 may include a gear hole 131 and a hook 132.
기어 홀(131)은 하나 이상의 기어(140)가 장착되도록 형성되되, 바람직하게는 지지부(130)의 높이 절반보다 위측, 즉, 상부에 형성된다. 기어 홀(131) 내에서 하나 이상의 기어(140)는 일축에 대해 회전할 수 있다. 기어 홀(131)은 한 쌍으로 형성되어, 서로 마주보도록 배치되는 것이 바람직하다. The gear hole 131 is formed to accommodate one or more gears 140, and is preferably formed above half the height of the support portion 130, that is, at the top. One or more gears 140 within the gear hole 131 may rotate about one axis. It is preferable that the gear holes 131 are formed in pairs and arranged to face each other.
후크(132)는 지지부(130)의 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 후크(132)는 초기 상태에서 후크 안착홈(114)에 걸릴 수 있으며(도 3b 참조), 후크(132)는 핸들(110)이 끝까지 가압되었을 때에는 후크 홀(111)에 걸릴 수 있다. The hook 132 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the support portion 130. The hook 132 may be caught in the hook seating groove 114 in the initial state (see FIG. 3B), and the hook 132 may be caught in the hook hole 111 when the handle 110 is pressed all the way.
하나 이상의 기어(140)는 지지부(130)에 배치되며, 일 축을 따라 회전하도록 형성된다. 이때, 하나 이상의 기어는 바람직하게는 스퍼 기어(spur gear)이며, 한 쌍이 서로 평행하게 배치될 수 있다. One or more gears 140 are disposed on the support portion 130 and are configured to rotate along one axis. At this time, the one or more gears are preferably spur gears, and a pair may be arranged parallel to each other.
하나 이상의 기어(140)는 핸들(110)의 일부를 따라 회전하거나, 니들 캐리어(150)의 일부를 따라 회전할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 핸들(110)의 제1 랙(113) 또는 니들 캐리어(150)의 제2 랙(152)과 맞물려 회전하도록 구성된다. One or more gears 140 may rotate along a portion of the handle 110 or may rotate along a portion of the needle carrier 150. Specifically, it is configured to rotate in engagement with the first rack 113 of the handle 110 or the second rack 152 of the needle carrier 150.
니들 캐리어(150)는 지지부(130)의 내부에서 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 니들 캐리어(150)는 하나 이상의 기어(140)와 맞물려, 하나 이상의 기어(140)의 회전에 의해 직선 운동할 수 있다. 니들 캐리어(150) 운동과 관련하여, 도 4에서 상세히 설명한다. The needle carrier 150 is configured to move linearly within the support portion 130. The needle carrier 150 may engage with one or more gears 140 and move in a straight line by rotation of the one or more gears 140. Regarding the movement of the needle carrier 150, it will be described in detail in FIG. 4.
니들 캐리어(150)는 로드 그립부(151), 제2 랙(152) 및 스루홀(153)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The needle carrier 150 includes all or part of the rod grip portion 151, the second rack 152, and the through hole 153.
로드 그립부(151)는 핸들(110)이 가압됨에 따라, 가압 로드(112)에 의해 1차적으로 접촉하여 핸들(110)의 가압력을 니들 캐리어(150)에 전달하도록 구성된다(도 3a 참조). 이때, 로드 그립부(151)에 의해 핸들(110)과 니들 캐리어(150) 사이의 거리는 일정하게 유지될 수 있다. 또한, 핸들(110)이 일정 수준 이상으로 가압되었을 때부터 로드 그립부(151)는 가압 로드(112)의 외주면의 적어도 일부를 감싸며 가압 로드(112)의 높이 방향을 따라 이동하도록 구성된다. 이로 인해, 핸들(110)과 니들 캐리어(150) 사이의 거리는 점차 감소할 수 있다. 로드 그립부(151)와 가압 로드(112) 사이의 관계에 관련해서, 도 4에서 상세히 설명한다. The rod grip portion 151 is configured to primarily contact the pressing rod 112 as the handle 110 is pressed and transmit the pressing force of the handle 110 to the needle carrier 150 (see FIG. 3A). At this time, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 can be maintained constant by the rod grip unit 151. In addition, when the handle 110 is pressed above a certain level, the rod grip portion 151 is configured to surround at least a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the pressing rod 112 and move along the height direction of the pressing rod 112. Because of this, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 may gradually decrease. The relationship between the rod grip portion 151 and the pressure rod 112 will be described in detail in FIG. 4.
로드 그립부(151)는 핸들(110)의 중심에 대해 서로 대칭되는 위치에 배치되는 한 쌍의 로드 그립부(151,151')를 포함하는 것이 바람직하다. 이때, 한 쌍의 로드 그립부(151,151')는 한 쌍의 가압 로드(112,112')와 각각 대면하도록 배치될 것이다. The rod grip portion 151 preferably includes a pair of rod grip portions 151 and 151' disposed in symmetrical positions with respect to the center of the handle 110. At this time, the pair of rod grip portions 151 and 151' will be arranged to face the pair of pressure rods 112 and 112', respectively.
로드 그립부(151)는 가압 로드(112)를 감싸기 위하여, 단부가 대략 클램프(clamp) 형상일 수 있다. 다만, 초기 상태에서는 가압 로드(112)에 의해 가압되어 아래로 이동하는 것이 바람직하므로, 클램프의 양 단부 사이의 거리 중 가장 짧은 거리는 가압 로드(112)의 직경보다 작은 것이 바람직하다. The rod grip portion 151 may have an end substantially clamp-shaped in order to surround the pressing rod 112. However, in the initial state, it is preferable to move downward by being pressed by the pressure rod 112, so it is preferable that the shortest distance between both ends of the clamp is smaller than the diameter of the pressure rod 112.
제2 랙(152)은 니들 캐리어(150)의 높이 방향을 따라 니들 캐리어(150) 외주면에 형성된다. 제2 랙(152)은 하나 이상의 기어(140)와 서로 마주보도록 한 쌍으로 형성되는 것이 바람직하다(도 3a 참조). The second rack 152 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the needle carrier 150 along the height direction of the needle carrier 150. The second rack 152 is preferably formed as a pair with one or more gears 140 facing each other (see FIG. 3A).
스루홀(153)은 니들 캐리어(150)의 중심에 형성되며, 니들 캐리어(150)를 관통하도록 형성된다. 스루홀(153)에는 니들 홀더(160)가 압입될 수 있다. The through hole 153 is formed at the center of the needle carrier 150 and is formed to penetrate the needle carrier 150. The needle holder 160 may be press-fitted into the through hole 153.
니들 홀더(160)는 니들 캐리어(150)의 직선 운동에 구속되어, 함께 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 이를 위하여, 니들 캐리어(150)는 스루홀(153)에 마찰결합하는 것이 바람직하다. 다만, 본 개시는 이에 한정되지 아니하며, 접착제에 의한 결합 또는 구조적으로 결합되는 방식 중 어느 것이든 무방하다. The needle holder 160 is constrained to the linear movement of the needle carrier 150 and is configured to move linearly together. For this purpose, it is preferable that the needle carrier 150 is frictionally coupled to the through hole 153. However, the present disclosure is not limited to this, and any method of bonding using adhesive or structural bonding may be used.
니들(170)은 니들 홀더(160)와 결합하여, 니들 홀더(160)의 직선 운동에 구속되어, 함께 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 니들(170)은 사용자의 피부를 관통하도록 구성된다. The needle 170 is coupled to the needle holder 160, is constrained to the linear movement of the needle holder 160, and is configured to move linearly together. The needle 170 is configured to penetrate the user's skin.
트랜스미터 홀더(180)는 트랜스미터(10)와 결합하여, 트랜스미터(10)를 원위에서 근위까지 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(180)는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동한다. The transmitter holder 180 is coupled with the transmitter 10 and is configured to linearly move the transmitter 10 from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 180 moves only in a direction from distal to proximal.
도 4는 본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다. 한편, 도 4에서는 어플리케이터(100)의 구조를 더 자세히 나타내기 위하여 트랜스미터(10)는 도면에서 생략되었음을 유의한다. Figure 4 shows the operation of the applicator according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. Meanwhile, note that in FIG. 4, the transmitter 10 is omitted from the drawing to show the structure of the applicator 100 in more detail.
도 4의 (a)는 핸들(110)이 가압되기 전의 상태, 즉, 초기 상태를 나타낸 것이다. 도 4의 (a)를 참조하면, 초기 상태에서 핸들(110), 니들 캐리어(150), 니들 홀더(160), 니들(170) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(180)는 원위에 배치된다. Figure 4(a) shows the state before the handle 110 is pressed, that is, the initial state. Referring to (a) of FIG. 4, in the initial state, the handle 110, needle carrier 150, needle holder 160, needle 170, and transmitter holder 180 are disposed distally.
또한, 하나 이상의 기어(140)는 제2 랙(152)과 대면하고 있는 상태이며, 제1 랙(113)과는 대면하고 있지 않는다. Additionally, one or more gears 140 are facing the second rack 152 and are not facing the first rack 113.
또한, 로드 그립부(151)는 가압 로드(112)와 접촉하기만 한 상태이다.Additionally, the rod grip portion 151 is only in contact with the pressurizing rod 112.
도 4의 (b)는 핸들(110)이 절반정도 가압되어 니들(170)이 피부에 삽입된 상태를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 4(b) shows a state in which the handle 110 is pressed to about half and the needle 170 is inserted into the skin.
도 4의 (b)를 참조하면, 핸들(110)이 가압될 때, 가압 로드(112)는 로드 그립부(151)를 가압한다. 이때, 앞서 설명한 바와 같이, 로드 그립부(151)의 양단부의 최단 이격거리는 가압 로드(112)의 직경보다 작기 때문에, 핸들(110)에 가해지는 가압력은 그대로 로드 그립부(151)를 통해 니들 캐리어(150), 니들 홀더(160) 및 니들(170)에 전달된다. 이때, 로드 그립부(151)는 가압 로드(112)에 의해 가압되기는 하였으나, 클램프 양단부 사이로 가압 로드(112)가 삽입된 상태는 아니다. 이로 인해, 초기 상태에서 핸들(110)과 니들 캐리어(150) 사이의 거리와, 핸들(110)이 절반 정도 가압된 상태에서 핸들(110)과 니들 캐리어(150) 사이의 거리는 동일할 수 있다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 4, when the handle 110 is pressed, the pressing rod 112 presses the rod grip portion 151. At this time, as described above, since the shortest separation distance between both ends of the rod grip portion 151 is smaller than the diameter of the pressure rod 112, the pressing force applied to the handle 110 is directly transmitted to the needle carrier 150 through the rod grip portion 151. ), is transmitted to the needle holder 160 and the needle 170. At this time, the rod grip portion 151 is pressed by the pressure rod 112, but the pressure rod 112 is not inserted between both ends of the clamp. For this reason, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 in the initial state and the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 in a state in which the handle 110 is pressed to about half may be the same.
한편, 니들 캐리어(150)가 근위로 이동하면서, 하나 이상의 기어(140)는 제2 랙(152)과 맞물려 회전한다. 이때, 하나 이상의 기어(140)는 서로 반대 방향으로 회전하며, 좌측에 도시된 기어(140)는 시계 방향으로, 우측에 도시된 기어(140)는 반시계 방향으로 회전한다. Meanwhile, as the needle carrier 150 moves proximally, one or more gears 140 engage and rotate with the second rack 152. At this time, one or more gears 140 rotate in opposite directions, with the gear 140 shown on the left rotating clockwise and the gear 140 shown on the right rotating counterclockwise.
니들(170)이 최대 깊이로 사용자의 피부에 삽입되었을 때 하나 이상의 기어(140)는 제2 랙(152)의 원위 단부와 대면한 상태인 것이 바람직하다. Preferably, the one or more gears 140 face the distal end of the second rack 152 when the needle 170 is inserted to its maximum depth into the user's skin.
트랜스미터 홀더(180)는 니들 캐리어(150)의 이동에 의해, 함께 원위에서 근위로 이동한다. The transmitter holder 180 moves from distal to proximal together with the movement of the needle carrier 150.
도 4의 (c)는 핸들(110)이 끝까지 가압된 상태를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 4(c) shows a state in which the handle 110 is pressed all the way.
도 4의 (c)를 참조하면, 핸들이 일정 수준 이상 가압되면, 가압 로드(112)는 로드 그립부(151)의 양단부 사이로 삽입될 수 있다. 이때, 가압 로드(112)는 로드 그립부(151)의 길이 방향을 따라 이동하게 되고, 핸들(110)이 가압됨에 따라 핸들(110)과 니들 캐리어(150) 사이의 거리는 감소한다.Referring to (c) of FIG. 4, when the handle is pressed above a certain level, the pressing rod 112 may be inserted between both ends of the rod grip portion 151. At this time, the pressure rod 112 moves along the longitudinal direction of the rod grip portion 151, and as the handle 110 is pressed, the distance between the handle 110 and the needle carrier 150 decreases.
하나 이상의 기어(140)는 제1 랙(113)과 대면하게 되면서, 제1 랙(113)이 아래로 이동함에 따라 회전한다. 이때, 하나 이상의 기어(140)의 회전 방향은 도 4의 (b)에서의 회전 방향과 반대 방향으로 회전한다. 즉, 좌측에 도시된 기어(140)는 반시계 방향으로, 우측에 도시된 기어(140)는 시계 방향으로 회전한다. One or more gears 140 face the first rack 113 and rotate as the first rack 113 moves downward. At this time, the rotation direction of one or more gears 140 rotates in the opposite direction to the rotation direction in (b) of FIG. 4. That is, the gear 140 shown on the left rotates counterclockwise, and the gear 140 shown on the right rotates clockwise.
하나 이상의 기어(140)가 회전하면서, 제2 랙(152)과 다시 맞물린다. 한편, 하나 이상의 기어(140)의 반대 방향으로의 회전으로 인해, 니들 캐리어(150)는 근위에서 원위로 이동한다. 이로 인해, 니들 홀더(160) 및 니들(170)이 근위에서 원위로 이동하게 된다. 이로 인해, 니들(170)은 사용자의 피부에서 인출될 수 있다. As one or more gears 140 rotate, they engage with the second rack 152 again. Meanwhile, due to rotation of the one or more gears 140 in opposite directions, the needle carrier 150 moves from proximal to distal. This causes the needle holder 160 and needle 170 to move from proximal to distal. Because of this, the needle 170 can be pulled out from the user's skin.
한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(180)는 니들 캐리어(150)와 별도로 체결되지 않도록 형성된다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(150)가 근위에서 다시 위로 이동하더라도, 트랜스미터 홀더(180)는 근위에 남아있을 수 있다. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 180 is formed so as not to be separately fastened to the needle carrier 150. This allows the transmitter holder 180 to remain proximal even if the needle carrier 150 moves from the proximal back up.
본 개시의 제1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(100)는 사용자가 핸들(110)을 파지하여 원위에서 근위로 한 번 누르는 동작 만으로, 내부의 기어 및 랙의 체결 관계에 따라 니들(170)이 피부로 삽입 및 인출될 수 있어, 조작법이 간단하고, 부품 수가 적어 제조가 용이하다는 장점이 있다. The applicator 100 according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure allows the user to hold the handle 110 and press it once from distal to proximal, and the needle 170 is applied to the skin according to the fastening relationship between the internal gears and the rack. It has the advantage of being simple to operate since it can be inserted and pulled out, and is easy to manufacture due to the small number of parts.
2. 제2 실시예2. Second embodiment
도 5a 및 도 5b는 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.5A and 5B are perspective views of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 5a는 캡(220)이 장착된 상태를, 도 5b는 캡(220)이 탈거된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Specifically, Figure 5a shows a state in which the cap 220 is mounted, and Figure 5b shows a state in which the cap 220 is removed.
본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(200)는 핸들(210) 및 핸들(210)에 장착되도록 구성된 캡(220)을 포함한다(도 5a 참조).The applicator 200 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure includes a handle 210 and a cap 220 configured to be mounted on the handle 210 (see FIG. 5A).
캡(220)이 핸들(210)로부터 탈거되면, 지지부(230)의 전부 또는 일부가 드러난다(도 5b 참조). 지지부(230)는 사용자의 피부에 직접 접촉하며, 핸들(210)에 적어도 일부가 삽입되도록 형성된다.When the cap 220 is removed from the handle 210, all or part of the support portion 230 is exposed (see FIG. 5B). The support portion 230 is in direct contact with the user's skin and is formed to be at least partially inserted into the handle 210.
도 6은 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다. 도 7은 도 5b를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 6 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure. Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 5b.
도 6 및 도 7을 참조하여, 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(200)의 구성요소와 구성요소간 결합 관계를 설명한다.With reference to FIGS. 6 and 7 , the components of the applicator 200 according to the second embodiment and the connection relationships between the components will be described.
제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(200)는 핸들(210), 지지부(230), 하나 이상의 크랭크(240), 하나 이상의 커넥팅 로드(250), 니들 캐리어(260), 니들(270), 트랜스미터 홀더(280) 및 캡(220)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The applicator 200 according to the second embodiment includes a handle 210, a support portion 230, one or more cranks 240, one or more connecting rods 250, a needle carrier 260, a needle 270, and a transmitter holder ( 280) and all or part of the cap 220.
핸들(210)은 사용자가 파지하도록 구성되며, 대략 원기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다.The handle 210 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably approximately cylindrical in shape.
지지부(230)는 적어도 일부가 핸들(210)에 삽입되도록 구성되며, 핸들(210)이 가압됨에 따라, 핸들(210) 내부에서 직선운동하도록 구성된다.At least a portion of the support portion 230 is configured to be inserted into the handle 210, and is configured to move linearly within the handle 210 as the handle 210 is pressed.
바람직하게는, 지지부(230)는 사출 성형에 의해 제조될 수 있다. 이때, 제1 구성(230a) 및 제2 구성(230b)이 개별적으로 제조되고, 제1 구성(230a)과 제2 구성(230b)이 조립되어 지지부(230)를 형성할 수 있다. Preferably, the support portion 230 may be manufactured by injection molding. At this time, the first component 230a and the second component 230b may be manufactured separately, and the first component 230a and the second component 230b may be assembled to form the support portion 230.
지지부(230)는 일 면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성되는 크랭크 축(231)을 포함한다. 크랭크 축(231)에는 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)가 결합될 수 있다. The support portion 230 includes a crank shaft 231 that protrudes radially inward from one surface. One or more cranks 240 may be coupled to the crank shaft 231.
하나 이상의 크랭크(240)는 핸들(210)의 내부에서 회전운동 및 직선운동 하도록 구성된다. 한편, 본 개시에서는 크랭크(240)가 두 개인 것을 가정하여 설명하나, 크랭크는 한 개 또는 세 개 이상일 수도 있으며, 이는 설계자에 의해 적절히 설계변경 될 수 있음에 유의한다. One or more cranks 240 are configured to rotate and linearly move within the handle 210. Meanwhile, in the present disclosure, it is assumed that there are two cranks 240, but it should be noted that there may be one or three or more cranks, and that this may be appropriately changed by the designer.
하나 이상의 크랭크(240)는 제1 크랭크(241) 및 제2 크랭크(242)를 포함한다. 제1 크랭크(241)와 제2 크랭크(242)는 바람직하게는, 사출 성형에 의해 제조될 수 있다. 이때, 각각의 크랭크는 제1 조립체(241a,242a)와 제2 조립체(241b,242b)가 조립됨으로써 형성될 수 있다. The one or more cranks 240 include a first crank 241 and a second crank 242. The first crank 241 and the second crank 242 may preferably be manufactured by injection molding. At this time, each crank may be formed by assembling the first assemblies 241a and 242a and the second assemblies 241b and 242b.
하나 이상의 크랭크(240)는 핸들(210) 내부에 형성된 랙(211, 도 7 참조)을 따라 회전운동할 수 있다. 랙(211)은 핸들(210)의 내저면에, 높이 방향을 따라 연장되어 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 바람직하게는, 랙(211)은 서로 한 쌍이 마주보도록, 방사상 서로 반대 방향에 각각 하나씩 배치될 수 있다. 제1 크랭크(241)와 제2 크랭크(242)는 각각의 랙(211)에 대면하도록 배치된다. One or more cranks 240 may rotate along a rack 211 (see FIG. 7) formed inside the handle 210. The rack 211 may be formed on the inner bottom surface of the handle 210, extending along the height direction. Also, preferably, the racks 211 may be arranged one by one in radially opposite directions so that a pair of racks 211 face each other. The first crank 241 and the second crank 242 are arranged to face each rack 211.
지지부(230)와 크랭크(240)가 두 개의 부품의 조립으로 형성되는 경우, 어플리케이터(200)의 제조 난이도가 낮아지고 제조 단가가 저감되는 효과가 있다.When the support portion 230 and the crank 240 are formed by assembling two parts, the manufacturing difficulty of the applicator 200 is lowered and the manufacturing cost is reduced.
하나 이상의 커넥팅 로드(250)는 일단이 크랭크(240)에 체결되고, 타단이 니들 캐리어(260)에 체결된다. 구체적으로, 하나의 커넥팅 로드(250)는 일단에 형성된 제1 삽입홀(253)을 포함하며, 제1 삽입홀(253)에는 제1 로드돌기(244)가 삽입된다. 또한, 하나의 커넥팅 로드(250)는 타단에 형성된 제2 삽입홀(254)을 포함하며, 제2 삽입홀(254)에는 로드 고정돌기(261)가 삽입된다. One or more connecting rods 250 have one end fastened to the crank 240 and the other end fastened to the needle carrier 260. Specifically, one connecting rod 250 includes a first insertion hole 253 formed at one end, and a first rod protrusion 244 is inserted into the first insertion hole 253. Additionally, one connecting rod 250 includes a second insertion hole 254 formed at the other end, and a rod fixing protrusion 261 is inserted into the second insertion hole 254.
하나 이상의 커넥팅 로드(250)는 제1 커넥팅 로드(251) 및 제2 커넥팅 로드(252)를 포함할 수 있다. 제1 커넥팅 로드(251)는 제1 크랭크(241)에 체결되고, 제2 커넥팅 로드(252)는 제2 크랭크(242)에 체결된다. One or more connecting rods 250 may include a first connecting rod 251 and a second connecting rod 252. The first connecting rod 251 is fastened to the first crank 241, and the second connecting rod 252 is fastened to the second crank 242.
니들 캐리어(260)는 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)의 회전 및 직선 운동에 종속되어, 원위와 근위 사이에서 직선운동할 수 있다. 이때, 니들 캐리어(260)는 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)와 커넥팅 로드(250)를 통해 연결된다. Needle carrier 260 may be subject to rotational and linear motion of one or more cranks 240 to linearly move between distal and proximal positions. At this time, the needle carrier 260 is connected to one or more cranks 240 and the connecting rod 250.
니들 캐리어(260)는 니들(270)과 결합하여, 니들(270)을 원위에서 근위까지 직선운동시키도록 구성된다. 또한, 니들 캐리어(260)가 근위에서 원위로 이동할 때, 니들(270)도 함께 근위에서 원위로 이동한다. The needle carrier 260 is coupled with the needle 270 and is configured to move the needle 270 linearly from distal to proximal. Additionally, as needle carrier 260 moves from proximal to distal, needle 270 also moves from proximal to distal.
니들 캐리어(260)는 서로 다른 두 개의 부품(260a,260b)이 조립됨으로써 형성될 수 있다. The needle carrier 260 may be formed by assembling two different parts 260a and 260b.
트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 트랜스미터(20)와 결합하여, 트랜스미터(20)를 원위에서 근위까지 직선운동시키도록 구성된다. 한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 원위와 근위 사이를 왕복 이동하나, 트랜스미터(20)는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동한다. The transmitter holder 280 is coupled with the transmitter 20 and is configured to move the transmitter 20 linearly from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 280 moves back and forth between the distal and proximal sides, but the transmitter 20 moves only in a direction from the distal to the proximal.
도 8은 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 8 shows the operation of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 8의 (a)는 핸들(210)이 가압되기 전의 상태를 나타낸다. Figure 8(a) shows the state before the handle 210 is pressed.
도 8의 (a)를 참조하면, 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)는 랙(211)의 원위단부에 배치된다. 지지부(230)는 피부에 접촉한 상태이며, 트랜스미터(20)와 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 피부로부터 이격된 원위 상태이다. 또한, 커넥팅 로드(250)의 일단은 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)에 대하여 가장 원위에 배치된 상태이다. Referring to (a) of FIG. 8, one or more cranks 240 are disposed at the distal end of the rack 211. The support portion 230 is in contact with the skin, and the transmitter 20 and the transmitter holder 280 are in a distal state spaced apart from the skin. Additionally, one end of the connecting rod 250 is disposed most distally with respect to one or more cranks 240.
도 8의 (b)는 핸들(210)이 절반정도 가압되어 니들(270)이 피부에 삽입된 상태를 나타낸다.Figure 8(b) shows a state in which the handle 210 is pressed to about half and the needle 270 is inserted into the skin.
도 8의 (b)를 참조하면, 핸들(210)이 가압되면서, 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)는 회전한다. 구체적으로, 오른쪽에 배치된 크랭크(240)는 시계방향으로, 왼쪽에 배치된 크랭크(240)는 반시계방향으로 회전하는데, 1회전 한 것이 아니라 절반 정도만 회전한 상태이며, 랙(211)의 중간부에 배치될 수 있다. 이로 인해, 핸들(210)은 지지부(230)를 따라 총 이동거리의 정도만 이동한 상태일 것이다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 8, while the handle 210 is pressed, one or more cranks 240 rotate. Specifically, the crank 240 disposed on the right rotates clockwise, and the crank 240 disposed on the left rotates counterclockwise, but it has not rotated one rotation but only about half a rotation, and the crank 240 disposed on the left rotates counterclockwise. It may be placed in a department. Because of this, the handle 210 will be moved along the support portion 230 by only the total moving distance.
도 8의 (b) 상태에서 트랜스미터(20)와 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 피부에 접촉한 근위 상태이다. 또한, 커넥팅 로드(250)의 일단은 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)에 대하여 가장 근위에 배치된 상태이다.In the state (b) of FIG. 8, the transmitter 20 and the transmitter holder 280 are in a proximal state in contact with the skin. Additionally, one end of the connecting rod 250 is disposed most proximally with respect to one or more cranks 240.
도 8의 (c)는 핸들(210)이 끝까지 가압되어, 니들(270)이 피부로부터 후퇴된 상태를 나타낸다.Figure 8(c) shows a state in which the handle 210 is pressed all the way and the needle 270 is retracted from the skin.
도 8의 (c)를 참조하면, 핸들(210)이 더 가압되면서, 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)는 회전한다. 구체적으로, 오른쪽에 배치된 크랭크(240)는 시계방향으로, 왼쪽에 배치된 크랭크(240)는 반시계방향으로 나머지 반 바퀴를 회전한 상태이며, 랙(211)의 원위단부에 배치된다. 이로 인해, 핸들(210)은 지지부(230)를 따라 총 이동거리를 모두 이동한 상태일 것이다. 또한, 커넥팅 로드(250)의 일단은 하나 이상의 크랭크(240)에 대하여 다시 원위에 배치된다. Referring to (c) of FIG. 8, as the handle 210 is further pressed, one or more cranks 240 rotate. Specifically, the crank 240 disposed on the right is rotated clockwise, and the crank 240 disposed on the left is rotated the remaining half turn counterclockwise, and is disposed at the distal end of the rack 211. Because of this, the handle 210 will have moved the entire total distance along the support portion 230. Additionally, one end of the connecting rod 250 is again disposed distal to the one or more cranks 240.
도 8의 (c) 상태에서 트랜스미터(20)는 피부에 부착된 상태이고, 니들 캐리어(260)는 커넥팅 로드(250)의 이동에 종속되어 함께 원위로 이동한다. 이로 인해, 피부에 삽입되었던 니들(270)은 피부로부터 인출된다. In the state (c) of Figure 8, the transmitter 20 is attached to the skin, and the needle carrier 260 is dependent on the movement of the connecting rod 250 and moves distally together. Due to this, the needle 270 that was inserted into the skin is pulled out from the skin.
정리하면, 도 8의 (a) 내지 (c)의 과정을 거치면서, 핸들(210)이 원위에서 근위로 편도로 이동하는 동안, 니들 캐리어(260)는 원위에서 근위로, 다시 근위에서 원위로 왕복 이동한다. 이로 인해, 사용자의 핸들 가압이라는 행위 하나만으로 니들(270)이 삽입 및 인출되는 왕복 행정이 가능하다. In summary, while the handle 210 moves one way from the distal to the proximal through the process of (a) to (c) of Figure 8, the needle carrier 260 moves from the distal to the proximal and then again from the proximal to the distal. Round trip. Because of this, a reciprocating stroke in which the needle 270 is inserted and withdrawn is possible with just the user's action of pressing the handle.
도 9a는 도 5b를 Ⅱ-Ⅱ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 5B taken along line II-II'.
도 9a를 참조하면, 핸들(210)은 제1 걸림부(212) 및 제2 걸림부(213)를 포함한다. Referring to FIG. 9A, the handle 210 includes a first locking portion 212 and a second locking portion 213.
제1 걸림부(212)는 핸들(210)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다. The first locking portion 212 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 210.
제2 걸림부(213)는 핸들(210)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성되되, 제1 걸림부(212)보다 원위에 형성된다. 제2 걸림부(213)의 하면에는 경사면이 형성되지만, 상면은 수평방향에 나란하게 형성될 수 있다. The second locking portion 213 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 210 and is formed distal to the first locking portion 212. An inclined surface is formed on the lower surface of the second locking portion 213, but the upper surface may be formed parallel to the horizontal direction.
지지부(230)는 리브(232)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 리브(232)는 지지부(230)의 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다.The support portion 230 may further include ribs 232. The ribs 232 protrude radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the support portion 230.
도 9a의 (a)는 핸들(210)이 가압되기 전의 상태를 나타낸다. (a) of FIG. 9A shows the state before the handle 210 is pressed.
도 9a의 (a)를 참조하면, 지지부(230)의 리브(232)는 핸들(210)의 제1 걸림부(212)에 걸리고, 리브(232)의 근위로의 이동이 방지될 수 있다. 즉, 제1 걸림부(212)에 리브(232)가 걸려 있어, 핸들이 도 9a의 (a)의 상태에서 원위로, 즉, 위로 빠지는 것이 방지될 수 있다. Referring to (a) of FIG. 9A, the rib 232 of the support portion 230 is caught by the first locking portion 212 of the handle 210, and the proximal movement of the rib 232 may be prevented. That is, the rib 232 is hung on the first locking portion 212, so that the handle can be prevented from falling distally, that is, upward, in the state shown in (a) of FIG. 9A.
도 9a의 (b)는 핸들(210)이 끝까지 가압된 상태를 나타낸다. Figure 9a (b) shows a state in which the handle 210 is pressed all the way.
도 9a의 (b)를 참조하면, 지지부(230)의 리브(232)는 핸들(210)의 제2 걸림부(213)에 걸리고, 리브(232)의 근위로의 이동이 방지될 수 있다. 즉, 제2 걸림부(213)에 리브(232)가 걸려 있어, 핸들이 도 9a의 (b) 상태에서 위로 빠지는 것이 방지된다. 만약, 도 9a의 (b) 상태에서 핸들(210)이 지지부(230)로부터 탈거된다면, 재사용 우려가 있을 수 있으나, 제2 걸림부(213)에 의해 재사용이 방지될 수 있다는 효과가 있다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 9A, the rib 232 of the support portion 230 is caught by the second locking portion 213 of the handle 210, and the proximal movement of the rib 232 may be prevented. That is, the rib 232 is caught on the second locking portion 213, preventing the handle from falling upward in the state (b) of FIG. 9A. If the handle 210 is removed from the support part 230 in the state (b) of FIG. 9A, there may be a risk of reuse, but the second locking part 213 has the effect of preventing reuse.
도 9b는 도 5b를 Ⅲ-Ⅲ'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 9b is a cross-sectional view of Figure 5b taken along line III-III'.
이때, 도 9b는 핸들(210)이 완전히 가압된 상태의 어플리케이터(200)를 나타낸 것이다. At this time, Figure 9b shows the applicator 200 in a state in which the handle 210 is completely pressed.
도 9b를 참조하면, 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 지지부(230)는 고정홈(233)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 고정홈(233)은 지지부(230)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 함몰 형성되되, 지지부(230)의 저면으로부터 트랜스미터 홀더(280)의 높이만큼 이격된 위치에 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. Referring to FIG. 9B, the support portion 230 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure may further include a fixing groove 233. The fixing groove 233 is recessed radially outward from the inner peripheral surface of the support part 230, and is preferably formed at a position spaced apart from the bottom of the support part 230 by the height of the transmitter holder 280.
또한, 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 이탈 방지 돌기(281)를 포함한다. 이탈 방지 돌기(281)는 트랜스미터 홀더(280)의 상면에 형성되며, 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 고정홈(233)에 거치될 수 있다.Additionally, the transmitter holder 280 includes a separation prevention protrusion 281. The separation prevention protrusion 281 is formed on the upper surface of the transmitter holder 280 and protrudes radially outward. The transmitter holder 280 can be mounted in the fixing groove 233.
이때, 고정홈(233)의 상면은 수평면에 평행하게 형성된다. 이로 인해, 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 근위로 이동한 다음, 다시 원위로 이동하지 않고, 그 자리에서 머물 수 있게 된다.At this time, the upper surface of the fixing groove 233 is formed parallel to the horizontal plane. This allows the transmitter holder 280 to move proximally and then stay in place rather than moving distally again.
도 10은 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 저면을 확대한 것이다.Figure 10 is an enlarged view of the bottom of the applicator according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 10의 (a)는 핸들(210)이 가압되기 전의 상태를, 도 10의 (b)는 핸들(210)이 끝까지 가압된 상태를 나타낸 것이다. Specifically, Figure 10 (a) shows a state before the handle 210 is pressed, and Figure 10 (b) shows a state when the handle 210 is pressed all the way.
도 10을 참조하면, 본 개시의 제2 실시예에 따른 지지부(230)는 지지부(230)의 내저면에 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성되는 후크 돌기(234)를 더 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 10, the support portion 230 according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure further includes a hook protrusion 234 that protrudes radially inward on the inner bottom surface of the support portion 230.
또한, 트랜스미터 홀더(280)는 트랜스미터 지지부(230) 및 후크(283)를 더 포함할 수 있다. Additionally, the transmitter holder 280 may further include a transmitter support 230 and a hook 283.
트랜스미터 지지부(230)는 원위에서 트랜스미터(20)를 지지하도록 구성되며, 근위에서는 트랜스미터(20)에 제공하던 지지력을 해제하도록 구성된다. 이를 위하여, 트랜스미터 지지부(230)는 바람직하게는 캔틸레버(cantilever) 형상으로 구성되며, 트랜스미터 지지부(230)의 자유단에는 후크(283)가 배치될 수 있다.The transmitter support portion 230 is configured to support the transmitter 20 at the distal end, and is configured to release the support force provided to the transmitter 20 at the proximal end. For this purpose, the transmitter support 230 is preferably configured in a cantilever shape, and a hook 283 may be disposed at the free end of the transmitter support 230.
후크 돌기(234)는 후크(283)와 걸리도록 형성되며, 후크 돌기(234)에 후크(283)가 걸림으로써, 트랜스미터 지지부(230)의 자유단이 방사상 외측으로 벌어질 수 있다(도 10의 (b) 참조). The hook protrusion 234 is formed to be caught by the hook 283, and by hooking the hook 283 on the hook protrusion 234, the free end of the transmitter support portion 230 can be spread radially outward (see Figure 10). (see (b)).
3. 제3 실시예3. Third embodiment
도 11a 내지 도 11c는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.11A to 11C are perspective views of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 11a는 상부캡(310)과 하부캡(312)이 모두 장착된 상태를, 도 11b는 하부캡(312)이 탈거된 상태를, 도 11c는 상부캡(310)과 하부캡(312)이 모두 탈거된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Specifically, Figure 11a shows a state in which both the upper cap 310 and the lower cap 312 are mounted, Figure 11b shows a state in which the lower cap 312 is removed, and Figure 11c shows the upper cap 310 and the lower cap ( 312) shows the state in which all have been removed.
본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(300)는 상부캡(310) 및 상부캡(310)과 결합되는 하부캡(312)을 포함한다(도 11a 참조). The applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure includes an upper cap 310 and a lower cap 312 coupled to the upper cap 310 (see FIG. 11A).
하부캡(312)이 상부캡(310)으로부터 탈거되면, 하단부가 상부캡(310)과 하부캡(312)에 의해 커버되도록 구성된 지지부(320)가 드러난다(도 11b 참조).When the lower cap 312 is removed from the upper cap 310, the support portion 320 configured to cover the lower portion by the upper cap 310 and lower cap 312 is revealed (see Figure 11b).
상부캡(310)이 지지부(320)로부터 탈거되면, 지지부(320), 푸시캡(330) 및 회전 가이드(340)가 드러난다(도 11c 참조). 이때, 회전 가이드(340)는 푸시캡(330)과 지지부(320)의 사이에서, 푸시캡(330)의 외주면의 일부를 둘러싸도록 배치된다. When the upper cap 310 is removed from the support part 320, the support part 320, push cap 330, and rotation guide 340 are revealed (see Figure 11c). At this time, the rotation guide 340 is disposed between the push cap 330 and the support portion 320 to surround a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330.
푸시캡(330)은 회전 가이드(340)와 결합되어, 회전 가이드(340)를 따라 직선운동하도록 구성된다. The push cap 330 is coupled to the rotation guide 340 and is configured to move linearly along the rotation guide 340.
회전 가이드(340)는 지지부(320)에 의해 둘러 싸인다. The rotation guide 340 is surrounded by a support portion 320.
본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 상부캡(310), 하부캡(312), 지지부(320) 및 푸시캡(330)은 대략 원기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하나, 반드시 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다. The upper cap 310, lower cap 312, support portion 320, and push cap 330 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure are preferably substantially cylindrical in shape, but are not necessarily limited thereto.
도 12는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다. Figure 12 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 12를 참조하여, 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(300)의 구성요소와 구성요소간 결합 관계를 설명한다.With reference to FIG. 12 , the components of the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment and the connection relationships between the components will be described.
제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(300)는 상부캡(310), 하부캡(312), 지지부(320), 푸시캡(330), 회전 가이드(340), 회전 블록(350), 니들부(360) 및 스프링(370) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(380)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The applicator 300 according to the third embodiment includes an upper cap 310, a lower cap 312, a support part 320, a push cap 330, a rotation guide 340, a rotation block 350, and a needle part 360. ) and all or part of the spring 370 and the transmitter holder 380.
상부캡(310)과 하부캡(312)은 지지부(320)의 적어도 일부를 커버하도록 구성되며, 외부 오염물이나 충격으로부터 어플리케이터(300)의 내부를 보호할 수 있다. The upper cap 310 and lower cap 312 are configured to cover at least a portion of the support portion 320 and can protect the interior of the applicator 300 from external contaminants or impacts.
지지부(320)는 적어도 일부가 상부캡(310) 및 하부캡(312)에 삽입되도록 구성되며, 푸시캡(330)의 외주면의 일부를 둘러싸도록 구성된다. 지지부(320)는 어플리케이터(300)의 사용 중, 피부에 직접적으로 접하는 부분이 된다. At least a portion of the support portion 320 is configured to be inserted into the upper cap 310 and the lower cap 312, and is configured to surround a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330. The support portion 320 becomes a portion that directly contacts the skin during use of the applicator 300.
푸시캡(330)은 사용자에 의해 가압되도록 구성되며, 지지부(320)의 높이 방향을 따라 직선운동하도록 구성된다. The push cap 330 is configured to be pressed by the user and is configured to move linearly along the height direction of the support portion 320.
회전 가이드(340)는 푸시캡(330)의 외주면의 일부를 둘러싸도록 형성된다. 이때, 푸시캡(330)은 회전 가이드(340)의 상부홀(341)에 삽입된다. 또한, 푸시캡(330)은 회전 가이드(340)를 따라 직선운동할 수 있다. 이때, 푸시캡(330)의 외주면에 형성된 푸시캡 가이드 돌기(331)가 회전 가이드(340)의 상면에 형성된 푸시캡 가이드(342)에 삽입되어 푸시캡(330)의 직선 운동이 가이드될 수 있다. The rotation guide 340 is formed to surround a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330. At this time, the push cap 330 is inserted into the upper hole 341 of the rotation guide 340. Additionally, the push cap 330 can move linearly along the rotation guide 340. At this time, the push cap guide protrusion 331 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330 is inserted into the push cap guide 342 formed on the upper surface of the rotation guide 340 to guide the linear movement of the push cap 330. .
한편, 푸시캡 가이드 돌기(331)는 푸시캡(330)의 외주면을 따라 등간격으로 복수개 배치되는 것이 바람직하나, 반드시 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고 하나만 있어도 충분하다. Meanwhile, it is preferable that a plurality of push cap guide protrusions 331 are arranged at equal intervals along the outer peripheral surface of the push cap 330, but this is not necessarily limited, and only one push cap guide protrusion 331 is sufficient.
푸시캡(330)은 푸시바(334, push bar)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 푸시바(334)는 초기 상태에서 회전 블록(350)과 접촉하고 있으며, 사용자에 의해 제공되는 압력을 회전 블록(350)에 전달할 수 있다. The push cap 330 may further include a push bar 334. The push bar 334 is in contact with the rotation block 350 in the initial state and can transmit pressure provided by the user to the rotation block 350.
회전 블록(350)은 적어도 일부가 회전 가이드(340)의 내부에 배치되며, 푸시캡(330)의 압입에 따라 원위에서 근위로 직선운동할 수 있다. 회전 블록(350)은 회전 가이드(340) 내에서 일정 각도만큼 회전할 수 있다. 회전한 회전 블록(350)은 회전 가이드(340)를 따라 근위에서 원위로 직선운동한다. 관련하여, 도 15에서 상세히 설명한다.At least a portion of the rotation block 350 is disposed inside the rotation guide 340, and can move linearly from distal to proximal by pressing the push cap 330. The rotation block 350 can rotate by a certain angle within the rotation guide 340. The rotated rotation block 350 moves linearly from proximal to distal along the rotation guide 340. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 15.
회전 블록(350)은 바디(351)와 가이드 날개(352)를 포함한다. The rotating block 350 includes a body 351 and guide wings 352.
바디(351)는 상면이 개방되어 있으며, 바람직하게는 대략 원기둥 형상이다. 바디(351)는 회전 가이드(340)의 내부에서 회전 및 직선운동한다. The body 351 has an open upper surface and preferably has a substantially cylindrical shape. The body 351 rotates and moves linearly inside the rotation guide 340.
가이드 날개(352)는 바디(351)의 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 가이드 날개(352)는 회전 가이드(340)의 메인홀(345, 도 15 참조)을 통해 회전 가이드(340)에 개재된다. 가이드 날개(352)의 상면은 경사면(353)으로 구성된다. 경사면(353)의 경사 방향은 제1 안착홀(343, 도 15 참조) 및 제2 안착홀(344, 도 15 참조)의 형상에 상응한다. 가이드 날개(352)의 운동과 관련하여, 도 15에서 상세히 설명한다.The guide vane 352 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the body 351. The guide vane 352 is interposed in the rotation guide 340 through the main hole 345 (see FIG. 15) of the rotation guide 340. The upper surface of the guide vane 352 is composed of an inclined surface 353. The inclination direction of the inclined surface 353 corresponds to the shape of the first seating hole 343 (see FIG. 15) and the second seating hole 344 (see FIG. 15). The movement of the guide vane 352 will be described in detail in FIG. 15.
한편, 푸시바(334)의 단부는 가이드 날개(352)의 경사면(353)과 상응하는 형상을 갖도록 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 즉, 푸시바(334)의 하부면은 경사면으로 구성되되, 회전 블록(350)의 경사면(353)과 나란하게 형성될 수 있다. Meanwhile, the end of the push bar 334 is preferably formed to have a shape corresponding to the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352. That is, the lower surface of the push bar 334 is composed of an inclined surface and may be formed parallel to the inclined surface 353 of the rotating block 350.
니들부(360)는 회전 블록(350)과 결합하여, 니들(362)을 원위에서 근위로 직선운동시키도록 구성된다. 또한, 니들부(360)가 근위에서 원위로 이동할 때, 니들(362)도 함께 근위에서 원위로 이동한다. 니들부(360)는 회전 블록(350)과 결합할 수 있는 결합부(361)와 피부를 관통하는 니들(362)을 포함한다. The needle portion 360 is configured to engage the rotation block 350 to move the needle 362 linearly from distal to proximal. Additionally, when the needle portion 360 moves from proximal to distal, the needle 362 also moves from proximal to distal. The needle portion 360 includes a coupling portion 361 that can be coupled to the rotating block 350 and a needle 362 that penetrates the skin.
결합부(361)는 원형의 판상형 부재와, 판상형 부재의 외주면으로부터, 측방향으로 돌출된 로드(rod)를 포함하며, 이때 로드는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 결합부(361)는 회전 블록(350)에 결합되며, 회전 가이드(340)에 의해 가이드 될 수 있다. The coupling portion 361 includes a circular plate-shaped member and a rod that protrudes laterally from the outer peripheral surface of the plate-shaped member. In this case, a plurality of rods may be formed. The coupling portion 361 is coupled to the rotation block 350 and may be guided by the rotation guide 340.
스프링(370)은 일단이 푸시캡(330)과 체결되며, 타단은 회전 블록(350)에 체결된다. 초기 상태에서 스프링(370)은 인장된 상태로 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350) 사이에 배치된다. One end of the spring 370 is fastened to the push cap 330, and the other end is fastened to the rotation block 350. In the initial state, the spring 370 is placed between the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 in a tensioned state.
트랜스미터 홀더(380)는 트랜스미터(30)와 결합하여, 트랜스미터(30)를 원위에서 근위까지 직선운동시키도록 구성된다. 한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(380)는 원위와 근위 사이를 왕복 이동하나, 트랜스미터(30)는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동한다. The transmitter holder 380 is coupled with the transmitter 30 and is configured to move the transmitter 30 linearly from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 380 moves back and forth between the distal and proximal sides, but the transmitter 30 moves only in a direction from the distal to the proximal.
도 13a 및 도 13b는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(300)의 내부 구성요소 간의 결합을 설명하기 위한 것이다.FIGS. 13A and 13B are for explaining the coupling between internal components of the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 13a는 푸시캡(330), 회전 가이드(340), 회전 블록(350) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(380)가 결합된 상태로서, 초기 상태를 나타낸 것이며, 도 13b는 회전 블록(350)과 니들부(360)가 결합된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Specifically, Figure 13a shows the initial state in which the push cap 330, rotation guide 340, rotation block 350, and transmitter holder 380 are combined, and Figure 13b shows the rotation block 350 and This shows the state in which the needle part 360 is coupled.
도 13a를 참조하면, 푸시캡(330)은 회전 가이드(340)의 상면에 형성된 상부홀(341)을 통해 회전 가이드(340)에 삽입될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 13A, the push cap 330 may be inserted into the rotation guide 340 through the upper hole 341 formed on the upper surface of the rotation guide 340.
회전 블록(350)의 가이드 날개(352)는 회전 가이드(340)에 형성된 홀에 개재될 수 있다. The guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 may be inserted into a hole formed in the rotation guide 340.
니들부(360)는 결합부(361)가 회전 가이드(340)의 외주면에 형성된 니들 가이드(346)에 개재됨으로써, 회전 가이드(340)와 결합될 수 있다. 니들 가이드(346)는 복수의 메인홀(345, 도 15 참조)들 사이에 형성될 수 있다. The needle portion 360 may be coupled to the rotation guide 340 by interposing the coupling portion 361 in the needle guide 346 formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340. The needle guide 346 may be formed between a plurality of main holes 345 (see FIG. 15).
트랜스미터 홀더(380)는 회전 가이드(340)의 메인홀(345)에 개재됨으로써, 회전 가이드(340)와 결합할 수 있다.The transmitter holder 380 can be coupled to the rotation guide 340 by being inserted into the main hole 345 of the rotation guide 340.
도 13b를 참조하면, 회전 블록(350)은 외저면으로부터 하방을 향해 돌출 형성되는 니들 거치부(355)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 니들 거치부(355)에는 니들의 결합부(361)가 결합되도록 형성된다. Referring to FIG. 13B, the rotation block 350 may further include a needle mounting portion 355 that protrudes downward from the outer bottom surface. The needle coupling portion 361 is formed to be coupled to the needle mounting portion 355.
도 14는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 스프링의 체결 방법을 나타낸 것이다. 도 14를 참조하여 스프링(370)이 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350)과 체결하는 상세한 구성에 관해 설명한다.Figure 14 shows a method of fastening a spring according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 14 , a detailed configuration of the spring 370 engaging the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 will be described.
도 14의 (a)는 푸시캡(330)과 스프링(370)의 결합 관계를 설명하기 위한 것이며, 푸시캡(330)의 내부면과 스프링(370)을 정면 사시도 관점에서 바라본 것이다. Figure 14 (a) is for explaining the coupling relationship between the push cap 330 and the spring 370, and shows the inner surface of the push cap 330 and the spring 370 viewed from a front perspective perspective.
도 14의 (a)를 참조하면, 푸시캡(330)은 상면에 형성되는 제1 스프링 거치부(332)를 포함한다. 스프링(370)의 일단은 제1 스프링 거치부(332)에 걸릴 수 있다. Referring to (a) of FIG. 14, the push cap 330 includes a first spring holder 332 formed on the upper surface. One end of the spring 370 may be caught on the first spring holder 332.
도 14의 (b)는 회전 블록(350)과 스프링(370)의 결합 관계를 설명하기 위한 것이며, 회전 블록(350)과 스프링(370)을 정면 사시도 관점에서 바라본 것이다. Figure 14 (b) is for explaining the coupling relationship between the rotation block 350 and the spring 370, and shows the rotation block 350 and the spring 370 viewed from a front perspective perspective.
도 14의 (b)를 참조하면, 회전 블록(350)은 내부 바닥으로부터 내측을 향해 돌출 형성되는 제2 스프링 거치부(354)를 포함한다. 스프링(370)의 타단은 제2 스프링 거치부(354)에 걸릴 수 있다. 이때, 제2 스프링 거치부(354)는 바디(351)의 내저면으로부터 돌출 형성된다.Referring to (b) of FIG. 14, the rotation block 350 includes a second spring holder 354 that protrudes inward from the inner bottom. The other end of the spring 370 may be caught on the second spring holder 354. At this time, the second spring holder 354 protrudes from the inner bottom surface of the body 351.
즉, 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350)은 그 사이에 스프링(370)을 두고 연결된 상태이고, 이때 스프링(370)은 초기 상태에서 인장된 상태이며, 바람직하게는 인장 및 일 방향으로 회전된 상태이다. 이로 인해, 스프링(370)은 압축 및 일 방향의 반대 방향으로 회전하기 위한 포텐셜(potential)을 지닌 상태일 수 있다. That is, the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are connected with a spring 370 therebetween, and at this time, the spring 370 is in a tensioned state in the initial state, and is preferably tensioned and rotated in one direction. It is in a state of being Because of this, the spring 370 may be compressed and have the potential to rotate in the opposite direction.
한편, 초기 상태에서 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350) 사이의 거리는 푸시캡(330)의 푸시바(334, 도 12 참조)에 의해 유지될 수 있다. Meanwhile, in the initial state, the distance between the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 can be maintained by the push bar 334 (see FIG. 12) of the push cap 330.
도 15는 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 15 shows the operation of the applicator according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 15의 첫번째 행은 어플리케이터(300)의 정면을 도시한 것이고, 두번째 행은 어플리케이터(300)의 단면을 도시한 것이다. 이때, 단면은 도 11c의 푸시캡(330)과 회전 가이드(340)가 결합된 상태를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 것이다. The first row of FIG. 15 shows the front of the applicator 300, and the second row shows the cross section of the applicator 300. At this time, the cross section is cut along II' of the combined state of the push cap 330 and the rotation guide 340 of Figure 11c.
도 15를 참조하면, 푸시캡(330)은 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측을 향해 돌출 형성되는 걸림돌기(333)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 걸림돌기(333)는 회전 가이드(340)의 외측 상면에 걸릴 수 있다. 이로 인해, 사용자가 불의로 푸시캡(330)을 가압하여 어플리케이터(300)가 격발되는 것이 방지될 수 있다. 한편, 걸림돌기(333)에 소정의 압력 이상이 가해질 경우, 걸림돌기(333)와 푸시캡(330) 사이의 걸림이 해제될 수 있다. 즉, 본 개시의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(300)는 사용자에게 소정의 힘 이상으로 푸시캡(330)을 누르도록 자연스레 유도할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 15, the push cap 330 may further include a locking protrusion 333 that protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface. The locking protrusion 333 may be caught on the outer upper surface of the rotation guide 340. Due to this, the applicator 300 can be prevented from being triggered by the user accidentally pressing the push cap 330. Meanwhile, when more than a predetermined pressure is applied to the locking protrusion 333, the lock between the locking protrusion 333 and the push cap 330 may be released. That is, the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure can naturally induce the user to press the push cap 330 with more than a predetermined force.
또한, 회전 가이드(340)는 제1 안착홀(343), 제2 안착홀(344) 및 메인홀(345)을 더 포함할 수 있다. Additionally, the rotation guide 340 may further include a first seating hole 343, a second seating hole 344, and a main hole 345.
제1 안착홀(343)은 회전 가이드(340)의 외주면에 형성되며, 가이드 날개(352)가 안착되도록 형성된다. 이를 위하여, 제1 안착홀(343)은 가이드 날개(352)의 경사면(353)과 동일한 형상을 갖는 것이 바람직하다. The first seating hole 343 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340 and is formed to seat the guide blade 352. For this purpose, the first seating hole 343 preferably has the same shape as the inclined surface 353 of the guide blade 352.
제2 안착홀(344)은 회전 가이드(340)의 외주면에 형성되며, 가이드 날개(352)가 안착되도록 형성된다. 이때, 제2 안착홀(344)은 제1 안착홀(343)과 인접하여 형성된다. 제2 안착홀(344)과 제1 안착홀(343) 사이의 각도는 스프링(370)이 초기 상태에서 회전되어 있는 각도보다 더 작게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. The second seating hole 344 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340 and is formed to seat the guide blade 352. At this time, the second seating hole 344 is formed adjacent to the first seating hole 343. The angle between the second seating hole 344 and the first seating hole 343 is preferably formed to be smaller than the angle at which the spring 370 is rotated in its initial state.
메인홀(345)은 회전 가이드(340)의 외주면에 형성되되, 제1 안착홀(343) 및 제2 안착홀(344)보다 하부에 형성된다. 제1 안착홀(343)과 제2 안착홀(344)은 하부에서 메인홀(345)로 합쳐지는 형상이다. 다시 말해, 제1 안착홀(343)과 제2 안착홀(344)은 메인홀(345)로부터 분기된다. The main hole 345 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotation guide 340, and is formed lower than the first seating hole 343 and the second seating hole 344. The first seating hole 343 and the second seating hole 344 are shaped to merge into the main hole 345 at the bottom. In other words, the first seating hole 343 and the second seating hole 344 branch from the main hole 345.
이하에서는, 이상에서 설명한 어플리케이터(300)의 작동 방법을 상세히 설명한다.Below, the operating method of the applicator 300 described above will be described in detail.
도 15의 (a)는 푸시캡(330)이 가압되기 전의 상태를 나타낸다. Figure 15(a) shows the state before the push cap 330 is pressed.
도 15의 (a)의 정면도를 참조하면, 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350)은 원위에 배치된 상태이다. 이때, 회전 블록(350)의 가이드 날개(352)는 제1 안착홀(343)에 안착되어 있다. 도 15의 (a)의 단면도를 참조하면, 초기 상태에서 푸시바(334)가 가이드 날개(352)의 경사면(353)을 누르고 있어, 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350)은 일정 거리 이격되어 있다. 따라서, 스프링(370)은 인장 및 회전되어 있는 상태이다. Referring to the front view of Figure 15 (a), the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are disposed distally. At this time, the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 is seated in the first seating hole 343. Referring to the cross-sectional view of Figure 15 (a), in the initial state, the push bar 334 is pressing the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352, so the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are spaced apart by a certain distance. It is done. Accordingly, the spring 370 is in a state of tension and rotation.
도 15의 (b)는 푸시캡(330)이 가압된 상태로서, 회전 블록(350)이 원위에서 근위로 이동한 상태를 나타낸 것이다. 이때, 회전 블록(350)의 가이드 날개(352)는 제1 안착홀(343)에 나란하게 배치된 채로 근위로 이동한 상태이다. 도 15의 (b)의 단면도를 참조하면, 푸시바(334)가 여전히 가이드 날개(352)의 경사면(353)을 누르고 있고, 푸시캡(330)과 회전 블록(350)은 일정 거리 이격되어 있다. 또한, 스프링(370)은 여전히 인장 및 회전되어 있는 상태이다. Figure 15(b) shows a state in which the push cap 330 is pressed and the rotation block 350 moves from the distal to the proximal position. At this time, the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 is moved proximally while being arranged in parallel with the first seating hole 343. Referring to the cross-sectional view of Figure 15 (b), the push bar 334 is still pressing the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352, and the push cap 330 and the rotation block 350 are spaced apart by a certain distance. . Additionally, the spring 370 is still tensioned and rotated.
도 15의 (c)는 푸시캡(330)이 가압된 상태에서 회전 블록(350)이 근위에서 일 방향과 반대 방향으로 회전한 상태를 나타낸 것이다. 이때, 회전 블록(350)의 가이드 날개(352)는 근위 상태에서 일 방향의 반대 방향으로 회전한다. 이는, (b) 과정까지 스프링(370)이 보유하고 있던 포텐셜에 의해 스프링(370)이 회전하게 되는 것이다. 한편, 스프링(370)의 회전으로 인해, 스프링(370)과 체결되어 있는 회전 블록(350)까지 함께 회전하게 된다. Figure 15 (c) shows a state in which the push cap 330 is pressed and the rotation block 350 rotates proximally in one direction and in the opposite direction. At this time, the guide vane 352 of the rotation block 350 rotates in the opposite direction of one direction in the proximal state. This means that the spring 370 rotates due to the potential held by the spring 370 until process (b). Meanwhile, due to the rotation of the spring 370, the rotation block 350 coupled to the spring 370 also rotates.
도 15의 (c)의 정면도 및 단면도를 모두 참조하면, 회전 블록(350)의 회전으로 인해, 가이드 날개(352)의 경사면(353)은 더 이상 푸시바(334)에 대면하지 않게 된다. 이로 인해, 가이드 날개(352)의 원위로의 이동을 저지하는 구성이 존재하지 않게 되어, 스프링(370)은 압축이 가능한 상태가 될 수 있다.Referring to both the front view and the cross-sectional view of Figure 15 (c), due to the rotation of the rotation block 350, the inclined surface 353 of the guide vane 352 no longer faces the push bar 334. As a result, there is no structure that prevents the guide vane 352 from moving distally, and the spring 370 can be compressed.
도 15의 (d)는 푸시캡(330)이 가압된 상태에서 회전 블록(350)이 근위에서 원위로 이동한 상태를 나타낸 것이다. 스프링(370)이 압축하면서 회전 블록(350)은 제2 안착홀(344)에 안착하게 된다. 앞서 설명한 바와 같이, 푸시바(334)와 가이드 날개(352)는 서로 엇갈린 위치에 놓이게 되므로, 회전 블록(350)은 원위로 이동할 수 있다. Figure 15(d) shows a state in which the rotation block 350 moves from the proximal to the distal while the push cap 330 is pressed. As the spring 370 is compressed, the rotating block 350 is seated in the second seating hole 344. As described above, since the push bar 334 and the guide vane 352 are placed in staggered positions, the rotation block 350 can move distally.
한편, 본 개시에서는 도 15의 (a) 단계 내지 (d) 단계가 일정한 시간적 간격을 가지고 수행되는 것처럼 도시되어 있으나, (b) 내지 (d) 단계는 사용자가 푸시캡(330)을 누르는 순간에 의한 것이다. 따라서, 평균적인 사용자의 인식속도보다 빠르게 수행되기에, 사용자는 간편하고 큰 고통 없이 어플리케이터(300)를 사용할 수 있다는 장점이 있다.Meanwhile, in the present disclosure, steps (a) to (d) of FIG. 15 are shown as being performed at regular time intervals, but steps (b) to (d) are performed at the moment the user presses the push cap 330. It is due to Therefore, since it is performed faster than the average user's recognition speed, the user has the advantage of being able to use the applicator 300 simply and without much pain.
또한, 본원의 제3 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(300)를 사용하는 경우, 사용자가 푸시캡(330)을 압입하는 동작만으로, 니들이 피부에 삽입 및 인출될 수 있어, 직관적이고 간단하며, 통증이 최소화 될 수 있다는 장점이 있다. In addition, when using the applicator 300 according to the third embodiment of the present application, the needle can be inserted and withdrawn into the skin simply by the user pressing the push cap 330, which is intuitive and simple, and pain is minimized. There is an advantage to being able to do it.
4. 제4 실시예4. Fourth embodiment
도 16a 및 도 16b는 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.16A and 16B are perspective views of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 16a는 캡(420)이 장착된 상태를, 도 16b는 캡(420)이 탈거된 상태를 나타낸 것이다. Specifically, Figure 16a shows a state in which the cap 420 is installed, and Figure 16b shows a state in which the cap 420 is removed.
본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(400)는 핸들(410)과 핸들(410)에 탈착될 수 있는 캡(420)을 포함한다(도 16a 참조).The applicator 400 according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure includes a handle 410 and a cap 420 that is detachable from the handle 410 (see FIG. 16A).
본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 캡(420)이 핸들(410)로부터 탈거되면, 실린더(430)의 일부가 드러난다(도 16b 참조). 이때, 피스톤(440)의 적어도 일부는 핸들(410)에 삽입되어 있는 상태이다.When the cap 420 according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure is removed from the handle 410, a portion of the cylinder 430 is exposed (see FIG. 16B). At this time, at least a portion of the piston 440 is inserted into the handle 410.
도 17은 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다. 도 18은 도 16a를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다. 도 17 및 도 18을 참조하여, 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(400)의 구성요소와 구성요소간 결합 관계를 설명한다. 한편, 도 18은 어플리케이터(400)가 제조된 후 사용 전 모습이며, 여기서 캡(420)이 제거되면 사용을 위한 초기 상태가 된다. Figure 17 is an exploded perspective view of an applicator according to a fourth embodiment of the present disclosure. Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of Figure 16a. 17 and 18, the components of the applicator 400 according to the fourth embodiment and the connection relationships between the components will be described. Meanwhile, Figure 18 shows the applicator 400 after it is manufactured and before use, and when the cap 420 is removed, it is in an initial state for use.
제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(400)는 핸들(410), 캡(420), 실린더(430), 피스톤(440) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(450)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The applicator 400 according to the fourth embodiment includes all or part of a handle 410, a cap 420, a cylinder 430, a piston 440, and a transmitter holder 450.
핸들(410)은 사용자가 파지하도록 구성되며, 대략 원기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다. 핸들 커버(411)에 의해 상면이 커버된다. 핸들(410)에 핸들 커버(411)가 결합되어 내부에 수용 공간이 형성됨으로써, 어플리케이터(400)의 내부 조립 후, 마지막 단계에서 핸들 커버(411)만 조립하면 되기에, 조립 과정이 더 용이해진다는 장점이 있다. 다만, 본 개시는 이에 한정되지 아니하며, 설계자의 선택에 따라 핸들(410)과 핸들 커버(411)는 일체형으로 형성될 수 있다. The handle 410 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably roughly cylindrical in shape. The upper surface is covered by the handle cover 411. The handle cover 411 is coupled to the handle 410 to form an internal receiving space, making the assembly process easier since only the handle cover 411 needs to be assembled in the final step after internal assembly of the applicator 400. has advantages. However, the present disclosure is not limited to this, and the handle 410 and the handle cover 411 may be formed as one piece depending on the designer's selection.
캡(420)은 핸들(410)에 장착 또는 탈거되도록 구성되며 외부 오염물이나 충격으로부터 어플리케이터(400)의 내부를 보호할 수 있다. 캡(420)은 대략 원기둥인 것이 바람직하다. The cap 420 is configured to be mounted on or removed from the handle 410 and can protect the inside of the applicator 400 from external contaminants or impacts. The cap 420 is preferably approximately cylindrical.
실린더(430)는 적어도 일부가 핸들(410)에 삽입되도록 구성된다. 실린더(430)는 제1 바디(431) 및 제1 바디(431)의 하방에 배치되는 제2 바디(432)를 포함한다. 바람직하게는, 제1 바디(431)의 직경은 제2 바디(432)의 직경보다 작게 형성된다. At least a portion of the cylinder 430 is configured to be inserted into the handle 410. The cylinder 430 includes a first body 431 and a second body 432 disposed below the first body 431. Preferably, the diameter of the first body 431 is smaller than the diameter of the second body 432.
실린더(430)는 어플리케이터(400)의 사용 시, 사용자의 피부에 직접 접촉하는 구성이다. The cylinder 430 is in direct contact with the user's skin when the applicator 400 is used.
피스톤(440)은 적어도 일부가 실린더(430)에 삽입되도록 구성된다. 피스톤(440)의 외경은 제1 바디(431)의 내경과 동일하거나 미소하게 작도록 구성된다. 이로 인해, 피스톤(440)은 제1 바디(431)에 압입되고, 제1 바디(431)와 피스톤(440) 사이에 형성되는 공간은 외기와 유체연통이 제한된다. The piston 440 is configured to be at least partially inserted into the cylinder 430. The outer diameter of the piston 440 is the same as or slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the first body 431. Because of this, the piston 440 is press-fitted into the first body 431, and the space formed between the first body 431 and the piston 440 has limited fluid communication with the outside air.
피스톤(440)의 단부에는 고무 패킹(441)이 결합된다. 피스톤(440)이 삽입된 제1 바디(431)의 내부는 고무 패킹(441) 및 패킹(430a)에 의해 밀폐될 수 있다. 한편, 고무 패킹(441)은 제조 단계에서 피스톤(440)에 이중 사출되어 형성될 수 있으나, 반드시 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다. A rubber packing 441 is coupled to the end of the piston 440. The interior of the first body 431 into which the piston 440 is inserted may be sealed by a rubber packing 441 and a packing 430a. Meanwhile, the rubber packing 441 may be formed by double injection into the piston 440 in the manufacturing stage, but is not necessarily limited thereto.
피스톤(440)은 일면에 플랜지(443)가 형성된다. 플랜지(443)의 직경은 제1 바디(431)의 내경보다 크고, 제2 바디(432)의 내경보다 작게 형성된다. The piston 440 has a flange 443 formed on one side. The diameter of the flange 443 is larger than the inner diameter of the first body 431 and smaller than the inner diameter of the second body 432.
또한, 플랜지의 일면에는 니들(442)이 부착된다. 니들(442)은 사용자의 피부를 관통하여 삽입되도록 구성되며, 트랜스미터 홀더(450) 및 트랜스미터(미도시)를 관통할 수 있다. Additionally, a needle 442 is attached to one surface of the flange. The needle 442 is configured to be inserted through the user's skin and can penetrate the transmitter holder 450 and the transmitter (not shown).
트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 트랜스미터(미도시)와 결합하여, 트랜스미터를 원위에서 근위까지 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(450)와 트랜스미터는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동하는 것이 바람직하다. The transmitter holder 450 is coupled with a transmitter (not shown) and is configured to move the transmitter linearly from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, it is desirable that the transmitter holder 450 and the transmitter move only in a direction from the distal to the proximal.
트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 피스톤(440)의 원위에서 근위로의 가압에 의해 운동하도록 구성되며, 관련하여 도 19에서 상세히 설명한다.The transmitter holder 450 is configured to move by applying pressure from the distal to the proximal direction of the piston 440, which will be described in detail in FIG. 19.
도 19는 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동을 나타낸 것이다. 구체적으로, 도 19는 어플리케이터(400)가 작동하는 과정을 도 16a를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도로 나타낸 것이다.Figure 19 shows the operation of the applicator according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure. Specifically, FIG. 19 shows the process of operating the applicator 400 as a cross-sectional view taken along line II' of FIG. 16A.
도 19를 참조하면, 핸들(410)은 일단이 자유단인 캔틸레버 형상의 후크(413)를 포함한다. 후크(413)는 핸들(410)의 내주면에 배치되며, 피스톤(440)의 플랜지(443)에 걸어맞춤되도록 구성된다. 이때, 후크(413)의 고정단은 자유단보다 하방에 배치되는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 후크(413)는 피스톤(440)이 원위에서 근위로 이동하는 동안, 플랜지(443)를 이동 방향으로 가압할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 19, the handle 410 includes a cantilever-shaped hook 413 with one free end. The hook 413 is disposed on the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410 and is configured to engage with the flange 443 of the piston 440. At this time, the fixed end of the hook 413 is preferably disposed lower than the free end. This allows the hook 413 to press the flange 443 in the direction of movement while the piston 440 moves from distal to proximal.
한편, 실린더(430)는 후크 저항부(433)를 포함한다. 후크 저항부(433)는 실린더(430)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다. 후크 저항부(433)는 후크(413)의 걸어맞춤을 해제하도록 구성되며, 이하에서, 후크(413) 및 후크 저항부(433)의 작동 방식에 대해 설명한다.Meanwhile, the cylinder 430 includes a hook resistance portion 433. The hook resistance portion 433 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the cylinder 430. The hook resistance unit 433 is configured to disengage the hook 413. Hereinafter, the operation method of the hook 413 and the hook resistance unit 433 will be described.
도 19의 (a)는 핸들(410)이 가압되기 전의 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 19(a) shows the state before the handle 410 is pressed.
도 19의 (a)를 참조하면, 핸들(410)은 사용자의 피부에서 이격되어 있다. 또한, 피스톤(440)은 실린더(430)의 제1 바디(431)에 압입되어 있는 상태이다. 피스톤(440)과 제1 바디(431) 사이에는 극소량의 공기가 존재하고 있어 아진공 상태인 것이 바람직하다. Referring to (a) of FIG. 19, the handle 410 is spaced apart from the user's skin. Additionally, the piston 440 is press-fitted into the first body 431 of the cylinder 430. There is a very small amount of air between the piston 440 and the first body 431, so it is preferable that it is in a subvacuum state.
핸들(410)의 후크(413)는 플랜지(443)에 걸어맞추어져 있다. The hook 413 of the handle 410 is engaged with the flange 443.
트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 핸들(410)에 의해 지지되어, 원위에 배치되어 있다. 트랜스미터 홀더(450)가 핸들(410)에 의해 지지되는 구성은 도 20에서 상세히 설명한다. Transmitter holder 450 is supported by handle 410 and is disposed distally. The configuration in which the transmitter holder 450 is supported by the handle 410 will be described in detail in FIG. 20.
도 19의 (b)는 핸들(410)이 가압되어 니들(442)이 피부에 삽입된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 19(b) shows a state in which the handle 410 is pressed and the needle 442 is inserted into the skin.
도 19의 (b)를 참조하면, 사용자가 핸들(410)은 가압하면서, 피스톤(440)이 원위에서 근위로 이동한다. 한편, 핸들(410)이 근위로 이동하면서 후크(413)는 후크 저항부(433)에 접촉하게 되며, 핸들(410)이 더 근위로 더 이동하면 후크(413)가 외측으로 이동한다. 다시 말해, 후크 저항부(433)에 의해 후크(413)가 제껴지면서, 후크(413)와 플랜지(443) 사이의 결합이 해제될 수 있다. 이로 인해, 더이상 트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 피스톤(440)의 운동에 구속되지 않을 수 있다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 19, while the user presses the handle 410, the piston 440 moves from distal to proximal. Meanwhile, as the handle 410 moves proximally, the hook 413 comes into contact with the hook resistance portion 433, and as the handle 410 moves further proximally, the hook 413 moves outward. In other words, as the hook 413 is moved away by the hook resistance portion 433, the coupling between the hook 413 and the flange 443 may be released. Because of this, the transmitter holder 450 may no longer be restricted to the movement of the piston 440.
한편, 피스톤(440)의 원위에서 근위로의 이동으로 인해 니들(442)은 사용자의 피부에 삽입된다. Meanwhile, the movement of the piston 440 from distal to proximal causes the needle 442 to be inserted into the user's skin.
도 19의 (b)의 상태에서는 피스톤(440)과 제1 바디(431) 사이의 부피가 증가하면서, 내부 압력이 매우 작아진다. 이로 인해, 피스톤은 다시 원위로 후퇴하는 힘을 받는다. 이때, 더 이상 핸들(410)의 후크(413)가 피스톤(440)의 플랜지(443)를 구속하지 않기에, 피스톤(440)은 다시 원위로 복귀할 수 있는 상태이다. In the state of Figure 19 (b), the volume between the piston 440 and the first body 431 increases, and the internal pressure becomes very small. Due to this, the piston receives a force to retreat back to the distal position. At this time, since the hook 413 of the handle 410 no longer restrains the flange 443 of the piston 440, the piston 440 can return to the distal position again.
한편, 피스톤(440)의 플랜지(443)가 더 이상 후크(413)와 체결되지 않기에, 피스톤(440)은 핸들(410)의 가압에 구속되지 아니한다. 이로 인해, 설령 핸들(410)이 다시 가압되더라도, 피스톤(440)은 실린더(430)의 원위단부에 삽입된 상태에서 상태가 변하지 않게 될 것이다. 즉, 어플리케이터(400)의 재사용이 불가능해진다. Meanwhile, since the flange 443 of the piston 440 is no longer fastened to the hook 413, the piston 440 is not constrained by the pressure of the handle 410. Because of this, even if the handle 410 is pressed again, the state of the piston 440 will not change while inserted into the distal end of the cylinder 430. That is, reuse of the applicator 400 becomes impossible.
니들은 한 번 사용자의 피부에 삽입되기에, 재사용 시 각종 질병 감염 등에 노출될 수 있다. 따라서, 어플리케이터의 재사용이 불필요한 경우에 사용될 수도 있다. 본 개시의 제4 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(400)는 재사용이 구조적으로 방지될 수 있다.Since the needle is inserted into the user's skin once, reusing it can expose the user to various diseases and infections. Therefore, it may be used in cases where reuse of the applicator is unnecessary. The applicator 400 according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure can be structurally prevented from being reused.
도 19의 (c)는 니들(442)이 피부로부터 인출된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 19(c) shows the state in which the needle 442 is pulled out from the skin.
도 19의 (c)를 참조하면, 핸들(410)은 근위에 위치하고, 피스톤(440)은 근위에서 원위로 이동한다. 피스톤(440)의 이동으로 인해, 사용자 피부에 삽입되어 있던 니들(442)은 인출될 수 있다. 피스톤(440)은 제1 바디(431)의 내부로 다시 삽입된다.Referring to (c) of FIG. 19, the handle 410 is located proximally, and the piston 440 moves from the proximal to the distal. Due to the movement of the piston 440, the needle 442 inserted into the user's skin may be pulled out. The piston 440 is reinserted into the first body 431.
트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 근위, 즉 피부와 가까운 상태를 유지한다. The transmitter holder 450 remains proximal, that is, close to the skin.
도 20은 도 16a를 Ⅱ-Ⅱ'를 따라 절단한 단면도 및 부분확대도이다. FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line II-II'.
도 20은 초기 상태를 나타낸 것으로, 도 20을 참조하여 초기 상태에서 격발을 방지하는 구성과, 트랜스미터 홀더(450)와 핸들(410)의 결합 관계를 설명한다. FIG. 20 shows the initial state. Referring to FIG. 20, the configuration for preventing triggering in the initial state and the coupling relationship between the transmitter holder 450 and the handle 410 will be explained.
도 20을 참조하면, 핸들(410)은 제1 전진 방지 돌기(414)를 포함한다. 제1 전진 방지 돌기(414)는 핸들(410)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다. Referring to FIG. 20 , the handle 410 includes a first anti-advance protrusion 414 . The first advance prevention protrusion 414 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410.
또한, 실린더(430)는 제2 전진 방지 돌기(434)를 포함한다. 제2 전진 방지 돌기(434)는 실린더(430)의 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. Additionally, the cylinder 430 includes a second advance prevention protrusion 434. The second advance prevention protrusion 434 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder 430.
초기 상태에서, 제1 전진 방지 돌기(414)와 제2 전진 방지 돌기(434)는 대면한 상태이되, 구체적으로는, 제1 전진 방지 돌기(414)의 하부면과 제2 전진 방지 돌기(434)의 상부면이 서로 대면할 수 있다. In the initial state, the first advancement prevention protrusion 414 and the second advancement prevention protrusion 434 face each other, and specifically, the lower surface of the first advancement prevention protrusion 414 and the second advancement prevention protrusion 434 ) can face each other.
한편, 제1 전진 방지 돌기(414)의 하부면과 제2 전진 방지 돌기(434)의 상부면은 원위에서 근위를 향해 경사지도록 구성되는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 일정 크기 미만의 힘에 의해서는 핸들(410)이 가압되지 않고, 일정 크기 이상의 힘이 가해져야만 핸들(410)이 원위에서 근위로 이동할 수 있다. 즉, 초기 상태에서 불의의 충격 등으로 인해 핸들(410)이 가압됨으로써 어플리케이터(400)가 격발되는 것을 방지할 수 있으면서도, 사용자의 사용 의도가 있을 때에는 끝까지 가압될 수 있는 수준 이상의 가압력을 유도할 수 있게 된다. 이로 인해, 핸들(410) 가압 시 중간에 멈춰서 니들(442)이 미삽입되는 현상이 방지될 수 있다. Meanwhile, the lower surface of the first advancement prevention protrusion 414 and the upper surface of the second advancement prevention protrusion 434 are preferably configured to be inclined from distal to proximal. For this reason, the handle 410 is not pressed by a force less than a certain amount, and the handle 410 can be moved from the distal to the proximal only when a force greater than a certain amount is applied. That is, in the initial state, it is possible to prevent the applicator 400 from being triggered by pressing the handle 410 due to an unexpected impact, etc., but when the user intends to use it, it is possible to induce a pressing force higher than the level that can be pressed all the way. There will be. As a result, a phenomenon in which the needle 442 is not inserted due to stopping in the middle when pressing the handle 410 can be prevented.
핸들(410)은 제1 고정돌기(412)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 제1 고정돌기(412)는 핸들(410)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다. The handle 410 may further include a first fixing protrusion 412. The first fixing protrusion 412 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410.
또한, 트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 제2 고정돌기(451)를 포함한다. 제2 고정돌기(451)는 트랜스미터 홀더(450)의 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. Additionally, the transmitter holder 450 includes a second fixing protrusion 451. The second fixing protrusion 451 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the transmitter holder 450.
초기 상태에서, 제1 고정돌기(412)와 제2 고정돌기(451)는 서로 걸어맞추어진 상태이되, 구체적으로는, 제1 고정돌기(412) 위에 제2 고정돌기(451)가 배치된다. 이로 인해, 트랜스미터 홀더(450)가 핸들(410)에 의해 지지될 수 있다.In the initial state, the first fixing protrusion 412 and the second fixing protrusion 451 are engaged with each other, and specifically, the second fixing protrusion 451 is disposed on the first fixing protrusion 412. Because of this, the transmitter holder 450 can be supported by the handle 410.
한편, 제1 고정돌기(412)의 상부면과 제2 고정돌기(451)의 하부면은 수평면에 평행하게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 초기 상태에서 트랜스미터 홀더(450)는 원위에서 이탈되지 않고 안정적으로 고정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the upper surface of the first fixing protrusion 412 and the lower surface of the second fixing protrusion 451 are preferably formed parallel to the horizontal plane. Because of this, in the initial state, the transmitter holder 450 can be stably fixed without being separated from the distal position.
도 21은 도 16a를 Ⅲ-Ⅲ'를 따라 절단한 단면도 및 부분확대도이다.FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view and a partial enlarged view of FIG. 16A taken along line III-III'.
도 21은 격발 후 니들이 복귀된 후의 상태를 나타낸 것으로, 도 21을 참조하여 어플리케이터(400)의 재사용을 방지하는 구성에 대해 설명한다.Figure 21 shows the state after the needle is returned after triggering, and the configuration for preventing reuse of the applicator 400 will be described with reference to Figure 21.
도 21을 참조하면, 핸들(410)은 제1 후퇴 방지 돌기(415)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 제1 후퇴 방지 돌기(415)는 핸들(410)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다.Referring to FIG. 21, the handle 410 may further include a first anti-retraction protrusion 415. The first anti-retraction protrusion 415 protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the handle 410.
또한, 실린더(430)는 제2 후퇴 방지 돌기(435)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 제2 후퇴 방지 돌기(435)는 실린더(430)의 외주면으로부터 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. Additionally, the cylinder 430 may further include a second anti-retraction protrusion 435. The second anti-retraction protrusion 435 protrudes radially outward from the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder 430.
사용 완료된 상태에서, 제1 후퇴 방지 돌기(415)와 제2 후퇴 방지 돌기(435)는 대면한 상태이되, 구체적으로는, 제2 후퇴 방지 돌기(435)가 제1 후퇴 방지 돌기(415) 상에 배치된다. 이로 인해, 핸들(410)이 근위로 이동한 상태에서 다시 원위로 후퇴하는 것이 방지될 수 있다. In the completed state, the first anti-retraction protrusion 415 and the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 face each other, and specifically, the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 is on the first anti-retraction protrusion 415. is placed in Because of this, the handle 410 can be prevented from retracting distally while being moved proximally.
한편, 제1 후퇴 방지 돌기(415)의 상부면과 제2 후퇴 방지 돌기(435)의 하부면은 수평면에 평행하게 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 사용 완료된 상태에서 핸들(410) 및 피스톤(440)은 근위에서 이탈되지 않을 수 있다. 즉, 피스톤(440)은 더 이상 근위에서 원위로 이동이 불가능해지므로, 니들(442)이 어플리케이터(400)의 외부로 다시 돌출되는 것이 방지될 수 있다. 이로 인해, 사용자가 사용 후 오염된 니들(442)에 찔리거나 부상을 입는 것이 방지되는 효과가 있다.Meanwhile, the upper surface of the first anti-retraction protrusion 415 and the lower surface of the second anti-retraction protrusion 435 are preferably formed parallel to the horizontal plane. Because of this, the handle 410 and the piston 440 may not be separated from the proximal position in a finished state. That is, since the piston 440 can no longer move from proximal to distal, the needle 442 can be prevented from protruding out of the applicator 400 again. This has the effect of preventing the user from being stabbed or injured by the contaminated needle 442 after use.
5. 제5-1 실시예5. Example 5-1
도 22는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.Figure 22 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 22를 참조하면, 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)는 하우징(510)을 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 22, the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure includes a housing 510.
하우징(510)은 사용자가 파지하도록 구성되며, 중공 기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다. 또한, 사용자가 전체적으로 파지하기 쉽도록, 하우징(510)의 중간은 오목한 형상일 수 있다. 한편, 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)는 앞선 제1 내지 제4 실시예와 다르게 사용자가 직접 가압하여 격발하는 것이 아니라, 버튼을 가압하면 자동으로 격발되는 자동 격발 방식으로 작동한다. The housing 510 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably in the shape of a hollow pillar. Additionally, the middle of the housing 510 may be concave so that the user can easily hold it as a whole. Meanwhile, the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure is different from the previous first to fourth embodiments in that the applicator 500 is not triggered by direct pressure from the user, but is automatically triggered by pressing a button. It works.
이를 위하여, 어플리케이터(500)는 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)을 더 포함한다. To this end, the applicator 500 further includes a first button 520 and a second button 530.
제1 버튼(520)은 하우징(510)의 상면에 배치되며, 하방으로 가압되도록 구성된다.The first button 520 is disposed on the upper surface of the housing 510 and is configured to be pressed downward.
제2 버튼(530)은 하우징(510)의 외주면에 배치되며, 하우징(510)의 내측을 향해 가압되도록 구성된다. The second button 530 is disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing 510 and is configured to be pressed toward the inside of the housing 510.
도 23은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 분해사시도이다. 도 24는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 23 is an exploded perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure. Figure 24 shows the interior of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 23 및 도 24를 참조하여, 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)의 구성요소와 구성요소간 결합 관계를 설명한다.23 and 24, the components of the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure and the connection relationships between the components will be described.
제5 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)는 하우징(510), 제1 버튼(520), 제2 버튼(530), 구동부(540), 니들 캐리어(550), 니들(560) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(570)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The applicator 500 according to the fifth embodiment includes a housing 510, a first button 520, a second button 530, a driving unit 540, a needle carrier 550, a needle 560, and a transmitter holder 570. ) includes all or part of.
하우징(510)의 저면은 사용자의 피부에 접촉되며, 트랜스미터(50)에 실장된 센서를 사용자의 피부에 삽입하도록 구성된다. The bottom of the housing 510 is in contact with the user's skin, and is configured to insert the sensor mounted on the transmitter 50 into the user's skin.
바람직하게는, 하우징(510)은 사출 성형에 의해 제조될 수 있다. 이때, 제1 구성(510a) 및 제2 구성(510b)이 개별적으로 제조되고, 제1 구성(510a)과 제2 구성(510b)이 조립되어 하우징(510)을 형성할 수 있다. Preferably, the housing 510 can be manufactured by injection molding. At this time, the first component 510a and the second component 510b may be manufactured separately, and the first component 510a and the second component 510b may be assembled to form the housing 510.
하우징(510)은 하우징 고정부(511), 드럼(512) 및 휠 고정부(513)를 포함할 수 있다.The housing 510 may include a housing fixing part 511, a drum 512, and a wheel fixing part 513.
하우징 고정부(511)는 제1 구성(510a) 및 제2 구성(510b)에 결합되도록 구성된다. 구체적으로, 하우징 고정부(511)는 제1 구성(510a) 및 제2 구성(510b)의 적어도 일부, 바람직하게는 상단부에 외주면에 체결되도록 구성된다. 이로 인해, 제1 구성(510a) 및 제2 구성(510b)의 조립이 안정적으로 고정될 수 있다. 어플리케이터(500)에 외부의 충격이 가해지게 될 경우, 조립식으로 제조된 하우징(510)이 분해될 우려가 있으나, 하우징 고정부(511)가 제1 구성 (510a) 및 제2 구성(510b)의 결합을 견고하게 유지하기에, 어플리케이터(500)의 분해 등이 방지될 수 있다는 효과가 있다. The housing fixing part 511 is configured to be coupled to the first member 510a and the second member 510b. Specifically, the housing fixing portion 511 is configured to be fastened to the outer peripheral surface of at least a portion of the first component 510a and the second component 510b, preferably at the upper end. Because of this, the assembly of the first component 510a and the second component 510b can be stably fixed. When an external impact is applied to the applicator 500, there is a risk that the prefabricated housing 510 may be disassembled, but the housing fixing part 511 is used in the first configuration (510a) and the second configuration (510b). Since the connection is maintained firmly, there is an effect that disassembly of the applicator 500 can be prevented.
드럼(512)은 스프링(541)이 내부에 배치될 수 있도록, 스프링의 전체적인 형상에 상응하여 형성된다. 후술하겠지만, 본 개시의 제5 실시예에 따른 스프링(541)은 권취된 롤 스프링 형상이므로, 드럼(512)은 대략 원통형으로 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. The drum 512 is formed to correspond to the overall shape of the spring so that the spring 541 can be disposed therein. As will be described later, since the spring 541 according to the fifth embodiment of the present disclosure is in the shape of a wound roll spring, the drum 512 is preferably formed in a substantially cylindrical shape.
드럼(512) 외주면에는, 스프링의 외측 단부(541a)가 거치되도록 구성된 스프링 고정홈(512a)이 형성될 수 있다. 스프링 고정홈(512a)은 드럼(512)의 외주면의 적어도 일부가 절개된 형상일 수 있다. A spring fixing groove 512a configured to hold the outer end 541a of the spring may be formed on the outer peripheral surface of the drum 512. The spring fixing groove 512a may have a shape in which at least a portion of the outer peripheral surface of the drum 512 is cut.
휠 고정부(513)는 드럼(512)의 중앙부에 배치되며, 제2 구성(510b)의 내주면으로부터 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다. 휠 고정부(513)에는 휠(542)의 중심이 관통되어 휠(542)이 안정적으로 거치될 수 있다. 또한, 휠 고정부(513)를 중심으로 휠(542)이 회전할 수 있도록, 휠 고정부(513)는 외주면이 매끄러운 기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다. The wheel fixing portion 513 is disposed at the center of the drum 512 and protrudes radially inward from the inner peripheral surface of the second component 510b. The center of the wheel 542 penetrates the wheel fixing part 513, so that the wheel 542 can be stably mounted. In addition, the wheel fixing part 513 preferably has a smooth outer peripheral surface so that the wheel 542 can rotate around the wheel fixing part 513.
제1 버튼(520)은 하우징(510)에 삽입되도록 구성되며, 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로 가압되도록 구성된다. The first button 520 is configured to be inserted into the housing 510 and configured to be pressed in a direction from distal to proximal.
제2 버튼(530) 하우징(510)에 삽입되도록 구성되며, 수평한 방향으로 가압되도록 구성된다. The second button 530 is configured to be inserted into the housing 510 and is configured to be pressed in a horizontal direction.
제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 모두 가압되어야 어플리케이터(500)는 격발될 수 있다. 이때, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 가압되는 순서는 상관없다. 즉, 제1 버튼(520)과 제2 버튼(530)은 안전잠금 해제 버튼 또는 가압 버튼으로서의 역할을 모두 수행할 수 있다.The applicator 500 can be triggered only when both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed. At this time, the order in which the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed does not matter. That is, the first button 520 and the second button 530 can function as both a safety unlock button and a press button.
구동부(540)는 제1 버튼(520)과 제2 버튼(530)의 가압에 상응하여, 니들 캐리어(550)와 니들(560)을 원위와 근위 사이를 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 이를 위하여, 구동부(540)는 스프링(541), 휠(542) 및 가이드 돌기(543)를 포함할 수 있다. The driving unit 540 is configured to linearly move the needle carrier 550 and the needle 560 between the distal and proximal sides in response to the pressing of the first button 520 and the second button 530. To this end, the driving unit 540 may include a spring 541, a wheel 542, and a guide protrusion 543.
스프링(541)은 일단이 휠(542)과 체결되며, 타단은 드럼(512)의 일면에 체결된다. 여기서, 일단은 스프링(541)의 내측에 배치되는 단부를 의미하며, 타단은 스프링(541)의 외측에 배치되는 단부를 의미한다. 일단은 휠(542)에 형성된 돌기(544, 도 26 참조)에 걸려서 고정되며, 타단은 드럼의 일면에 별도로 마련된 고정 돌기(미도시)에 걸려서 고정될 수 있다. One end of the spring 541 is fastened to the wheel 542, and the other end is fastened to one surface of the drum 512. Here, one end refers to an end disposed inside the spring 541, and the other end refers to an end disposed outside the spring 541. One end is fixed by being caught on a protrusion (544, see FIG. 26) formed on the wheel 542, and the other end can be fixed by being caught by a fixing protrusion (not shown) provided separately on one side of the drum.
스프링(541)은 니들 캐리어(550)의 직선 운동이 가능하도록 동력을 제공하는 동력원이다. 이때, 스프링(541)은 권취된 롤 스프링(roll spring)인 것이 바람직하다. 스프링(541)은 초기 상태에서 압축되어 조립된다. 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)의 가압에 의해 스프링(541)의 압축을 고정하던 체결부가 해제되면서, 스프링(541)은 원래 상태로 돌아가기 위하여 인장된다. 이로써, 스프링(541)의 내측 단부가 압축된 방향과 반대 방향으로 회전하게 된다. 즉, 스프링(541)의 회전 운동이 니들 캐리어(550)와 니들(560)의 직선 운동으로 변환되는 일종의 스카치 요크(Scotch Yoke) 또는 더블 슬라이더 크랭크 기구의 원리가 적용된 것일 수 있다. 관련하여, 도 25에서 상세히 설명한다. The spring 541 is a power source that provides power to enable linear movement of the needle carrier 550. At this time, the spring 541 is preferably a wound roll spring. The spring 541 is compressed and assembled in its initial state. By pressing the first button 520 and the second button 530, the fastener that secures the compression of the spring 541 is released, and the spring 541 is tensioned to return to its original state. As a result, the inner end of the spring 541 rotates in the direction opposite to the compressed direction. In other words, the principle of a type of Scotch Yoke or double slider crank mechanism in which the rotational movement of the spring 541 is converted into the linear movement of the needle carrier 550 and the needle 560 may be applied. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 25.
휠(542)은 드럼(512)과 결합하여, 내부에 수용 공간을 형성하도록 구성된다. 휠(542)과 드럼(512) 사이에 형성된 수용 공간에는 스프링(541)이 배치될 수 있다. 또한, 휠(542)은 스프링(541)과 체결되어, 스프링(541)의 회전에 의해 함께 회전하도록 구성된다. The wheel 542 is combined with the drum 512 to form an internal receiving space. A spring 541 may be disposed in the receiving space formed between the wheel 542 and the drum 512. Additionally, the wheel 542 is coupled to the spring 541 and configured to rotate together with the rotation of the spring 541.
가이드 돌기(543)는 휠(542)의 일면으로부터, 어플리케이터(500)의 내측을 향해 돌출 형성된다. The guide protrusion 543 protrudes from one surface of the wheel 542 toward the inside of the applicator 500.
니들 캐리어(550)는 하우징(510)의 내부에서 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 이때, 니들 캐리어(550)의 직선 운동은 구동부(540)의 회전 운동에 의해 유발될 수 있다. 이를 위하여, 니들 캐리어(550)는 횡측 가이드(551) 및 종측 가이드(553)를 포함할 수 있고, 니들 캐리어(550)는 전체적으로 영문자 T 형상을 가질 수 있다(도 24 참조).The needle carrier 550 is configured to move linearly within the housing 510. At this time, the linear movement of the needle carrier 550 may be caused by the rotational movement of the driving unit 540. To this end, the needle carrier 550 may include a lateral guide 551 and a longitudinal guide 553, and the needle carrier 550 may have an overall English letter T shape (see FIG. 24).
횡측 가이드(551)에는 구동부(540)의 가이드 돌기(543)가 삽입될 수 있다. 휠(542)이 회전하면서 가이드 돌기(543)가 회전하고, 이에 따라 가이드 돌기(543)가 횡측 가이드(551)를 따라 좌우로 이동할 수 있다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(550)가 원위와 근위 사이를 직선 운동하게 된다. The guide protrusion 543 of the driving unit 540 may be inserted into the lateral guide 551. As the wheel 542 rotates, the guide protrusion 543 rotates, and accordingly, the guide protrusion 543 can move left and right along the lateral guide 551. This causes the needle carrier 550 to move linearly between the distal and proximal sides.
횡측 가이드(551)는 제1 버튼(520)과 체결되도록 구성되며, 제1 버튼(520)과의 체결이 해제되어야 이동 가능해진다. 관련하여, 도 26에서 상세히 설명한다.The lateral guide 551 is configured to be fastened to the first button 520, and can be moved only when fastened to the first button 520 is released. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 26.
종측 가이드(553)는 횡측 가이드(551)의 일면으로부터 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로 연장된다. 종측 가이드(553)는 니들(560)과 결합하며 니들(560)을 고정할 수 있다.The longitudinal guide 553 extends from one surface of the transverse guide 551 in a direction from distal to proximal. The longitudinal guide 553 is coupled to the needle 560 and can fix the needle 560.
종측 가이드(553)는 제2 버튼(530)과 체결되도록 구성되며, 제2 버튼(530)과의 체결이 해제되어야 이동 가능해진다. 관련하여, 도 27에서 상세히 설명한다. The longitudinal guide 553 is configured to be fastened to the second button 530, and can be moved only when fastened to the second button 530 is released. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 27.
니들(560)은 니들 캐리어(550)와 결합하여, 니들 캐리어(550)의 직선 운동에 구속되어 함께 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 니들(560)은 사용자의 피부를 관통하도록 구성된다.The needle 560 is coupled to the needle carrier 550 and is configured to move linearly together while being constrained by the linear motion of the needle carrier 550. The needle 560 is configured to penetrate the user's skin.
트랜스미터 홀더(570)는 트랜스미터(50)와 결합하여, 트랜스미터(50)를 원위에서 근위까지 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 트랜스미터 홀더(570)는 종측 가이드(553)에 의해 원위에서 근위로 가압된다. 한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(570)는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동한다. The transmitter holder 570 is coupled with the transmitter 50 and is configured to move the transmitter 50 linearly from distal to proximal. Transmitter holder 570 is pressed from distal to proximal by longitudinal guide 553. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 570 moves only in a direction from distal to proximal.
한편, 본 개시에 따른 하우징(510)이 두 개의 파츠(parts)로 분리 제조되기에, 어플리케이터(500)의 제조 과정에서 제2 구성(510b)에 차례대로 스프링(541), 휠(542), 니들 캐리어(550), 제1 구성(510a) 및 제2 버튼(530)의 순서로 적층되어 조립될 수 있다. 이로 인해, 어플리케이터(500)의 조립 과정이 간단하고 제조 비용이 저감되는 장점이 있다.Meanwhile, since the housing 510 according to the present disclosure is manufactured separately into two parts, during the manufacturing process of the applicator 500, the spring 541, the wheel 542, The needle carrier 550, the first component 510a, and the second button 530 may be stacked and assembled in that order. This has the advantage of simplifying the assembly process of the applicator 500 and reducing manufacturing costs.
도 25는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동 원리를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 25 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 25의 (a)는 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530) 중 어느 하나 이상이 가압되지 않은 상태, 즉, 초기 상태일 때를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 25(a) shows a state in which at least one of the first button 520 and the second button 530 is not pressed, that is, in the initial state.
도 25의 (a)를 참조하면, 가이드 돌기(543)가 가장 원위에 배치된 상태이고, 이에 따라 니들 캐리어(550) 역시 원위에 배치된 상태일 것이다. 한편, 이때의 스프링(541)은 인장된 상태일 것이다.Referring to (a) of FIG. 25, the guide protrusion 543 is positioned at the most distal position, and accordingly, the needle carrier 550 will also be positioned at the distal position. Meanwhile, the spring 541 at this time will be in a tensioned state.
한편, 도 25의 (a)에 도시된 바에 따르면, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530) 중 어느 하나 이상이 가압되지 않은 상태이기에, 니들 캐리어(550)는 제1 버튼(520) 또는 제2 버튼(530)에 의해 근위로의 운동이 제한된다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(550)와 직/간접적으로 체결된 가이드 돌기(543), 휠(542) 그리고 스프링(541)의 운동까지 제한된 상태이다. Meanwhile, as shown in (a) of FIG. 25, since at least one of the first button 520 and the second button 530 is not pressed, the needle carrier 550 presses the first button 520. Alternatively, proximal movement is restricted by the second button 530. Due to this, the movement of the guide protrusion 543, wheel 542, and spring 541 directly/indirectly connected to the needle carrier 550 is restricted.
도 25의 (b)는 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 모두 가압되어 니들(560)이 피부에 삽입된 상태를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 25(b) shows a state in which both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed and the needle 560 is inserted into the skin.
도 25의 (b)를 참조하면, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 모두 가압되면서, 제1 버튼(520)과 횡측 가이드(551) 사이의 체결과 제2 버튼(530)과 종측 가이드(553) 사이의 체결이 해제된다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(550)의 원위에서 근위로의 운동이 더 이상 제한되지 아니한다. 따라서, 니들 캐리어(550)와 직/간접적으로 체결된 가이드 돌기(543), 휠(542) 그리고 스프링(541)의 운동이 가능해진다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 25, while both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed, the fastening between the first button 520 and the lateral guide 551 and the second button 530 The fastening between and the longitudinal guide 553 is released. Due to this, the movement of the needle carrier 550 from distal to proximal is no longer restricted. Accordingly, movement of the guide protrusion 543, wheel 542, and spring 541 directly/indirectly coupled to the needle carrier 550 is possible.
스프링(541)은 일 방향(본 개시의 도 25에서는 반시계 방향으로 도시되어 있으나, 반대 방향이더라도 무방하다)으로 회전한다. 다만, 반대 방향으로의 회전이 가능하기 위해서는 스프링(541)의 타단에 형성된 후크의 방향이 반대 방향이어야 할 것이다. The spring 541 rotates in one direction (in FIG. 25 of the present disclosure, it is shown counterclockwise, but the opposite direction may also be used). However, in order to enable rotation in the opposite direction, the direction of the hook formed on the other end of the spring 541 must be in the opposite direction.
가이드 돌기(543)는 가장 근위에 배치되고, 이에 따라 니들 캐리어(550) 역시 근위에 배치된다. 한편, 스프링(541)은 절반 정도 인장이 풀린 상태일 것이다.The guide protrusion 543 is disposed most proximally, and accordingly the needle carrier 550 is also disposed proximally. Meanwhile, the spring 541 will be in a half-tensioned state.
니들 캐리어(550)가 근위로 이동하면서, 니들(560)도 근위로 이동할 수 있고, 사용자의 피부에 삽입될 수 있다. As needle carrier 550 moves proximally, needle 560 may also move proximally and be inserted into the user's skin.
도 25의 (c)는 니들(560)이 사용자의 피부로부터 인출된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 25(c) shows a state in which the needle 560 is pulled out from the user's skin.
도 25의 (c)를 참조하면, 스프링(541)은 일 방향으로 더 회전한다. Referring to (c) of FIG. 25, the spring 541 further rotates in one direction.
이로 인해, 가이드 돌기(543)는 다시 원위로 배치되고, 이에 따라 니들 캐리어(550) 역시 원위에 배치된다. 한편, 스프링(541)은 완전히 인장이 풀려, 스프링(541)에 의한 구동력은 발생하지 않는 상태일 것이다.Because of this, the guide protrusion 543 is disposed distally again, and the needle carrier 550 is also disposed distally accordingly. Meanwhile, the spring 541 will be completely untensioned, and no driving force will be generated by the spring 541.
니들 캐리어(550)가 다시 원위로 이동하면서, 니들(560)이 원위로 이동할 수 있고, 사용자의 피부로부터 인출될 수 있다.As needle carrier 550 moves distally again, needle 560 may move distally and be withdrawn from the user's skin.
도 26 내지 도 27은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 격발 방지 구성을 나타낸 것이다. 구체적으로, 도 26은 제1 버튼(520)과 종측 가이드(553) 사이의 체결을 나타낸 것이다. Figures 26 and 27 show the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure. Specifically, Figure 26 shows fastening between the first button 520 and the longitudinal guide 553.
도 26을 참조하면, 본 개시의 제1 버튼(520)은 연장부(521) 및 걸림돌기(522)를 더 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 26, the first button 520 of the present disclosure may further include an extension portion 521 and a stopping protrusion 522.
연장부(521)는 제1 버튼(520)의 하면으로부터 하방을 향해 돌출 형성되며, 종측 가이드(553)의 일면에 삽입되도록 구성된다. 바람직하게는 연장부(521)는 한 쌍이 서로 마주보도록 형성될 수 있다. The extension portion 521 protrudes downward from the lower surface of the first button 520 and is configured to be inserted into one surface of the longitudinal guide 553. Preferably, a pair of extension portions 521 may be formed to face each other.
걸림돌기(522)는 연장부(521)의 일면으로부터 돌출 형성된다. 이때, 돌출되는 방향은 어플리케이터(500)가 조립되었을 때, 어플리케이터(500)의 방사상 외측을 향하는 방향인 것이 바람직하다. 또한, 걸림돌기(522)는 제1 버튼(520)의 하면으로부터 이격되어 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 제1 버튼(520)의 하면과 걸림돌기(522) 사이의 공간을 통해 이하에서 설명할 격발 방지부(545)가 배치될 수 있다. The stopping protrusion 522 protrudes from one surface of the extension portion 521. At this time, the protruding direction is preferably a direction toward the radial outside of the applicator 500 when the applicator 500 is assembled. In addition, the stopping protrusion 522 is preferably formed to be spaced apart from the lower surface of the first button 520. A trigger prevention unit 545, which will be described below, may be disposed in the space between the lower surface of the first button 520 and the catching protrusion 522.
걸림돌기(522)는 구동부(540), 그 중에서도 휠(542)의 일부와 대면하여 휠(542)의 회전을 방지할 수 있다. The blocking protrusion 522 may face the driving unit 540, particularly a portion of the wheel 542, and prevent the wheel 542 from rotating.
구동부(540)는 스프링 고정돌기(544) 및 격발 방지부(545)를 더 포함할 수 있다. The driving unit 540 may further include a spring fixing protrusion 544 and a trigger prevention unit 545.
스프링 고정돌기(544)가 휠(542)의 일면에 형성된다. 이때, 휠(542)의 일면은 스프링(541)이 배치되는 면을 의미한다. 스프링 고정돌기(544)에는 스프링(541)의 일단이 체결되며, 이를 통해 스프링(541)과 휠(542)의 상대적 위치가 고정될 수 있다. 한편, 여기서, 스프링(541)의 단부는 스프링(541)의 내측에 배치되는 단부를 의미한다. 스프링(541)이 인장된 상태에서 원래 상태로 돌아가기 위하여 압축하는 동안, 스프링(541)의 내측 일단이 회전한다. 스프링 고정돌기(544)와 스프링(541)은 체결되어 있어, 스프링(541)의 압축 과정에 상응하여 휠(542)이 회전할 수 있다.A spring fixing protrusion 544 is formed on one surface of the wheel 542. At this time, one surface of the wheel 542 refers to the surface on which the spring 541 is disposed. One end of the spring 541 is fastened to the spring fixing protrusion 544, and through this, the relative positions of the spring 541 and the wheel 542 can be fixed. Meanwhile, here, the end of the spring 541 refers to the end disposed inside the spring 541. While the spring 541 is compressed to return to its original state from the tensioned state, the inner end of the spring 541 rotates. The spring fixing protrusion 544 and the spring 541 are coupled, so that the wheel 542 can rotate in response to the compression process of the spring 541.
격발 방지부(545)는 휠(542)의 타면에 형성된다. 이때, 휠(542)의 타면은 일면에 반대되는 방향에 형성된 면으로, 니들 캐리어(550)와 대면하는 면을 의미한다. 격발 방지부(545)는 휠(542) 타면의 둘레를 따라 전체적으로 원호 형상을 그리며, 타면으로부터 돌출 형성될 수 있다. 여기서, 돌출되는 방향은 어플리케이터(500)가 조립되었을 때, 어플리케이터(500)의 방사상 내측을 향하는 방향인 것이 바람직하다. 즉, 걸림돌기(522)와 격발 방지부(545)는 서로 반대 방향으로 돌출됨으로써 맞물릴 수 있는 위치에 형성된다. The trigger prevention portion 545 is formed on the other surface of the wheel 542. At this time, the other surface of the wheel 542 is a surface formed in a direction opposite to the one surface, and refers to the surface facing the needle carrier 550. The trigger prevention portion 545 has an overall arc shape along the circumference of the other surface of the wheel 542 and may protrude from the other surface. Here, the protruding direction is preferably a direction toward the radial inside of the applicator 500 when the applicator 500 is assembled. That is, the locking protrusion 522 and the trigger prevention portion 545 are formed at positions where they can be engaged by protruding in opposite directions.
니들 캐리어(550)는 제1 버튼 결합부(554)를 더 포함할 수 있다. The needle carrier 550 may further include a first button engaging portion 554.
제1 버튼 결합부(554)는 횡측 가이드(551)의 상면에 형성된 일종의 홈(groove) 또는 홀(hole)이며, 이 홈에 제1 버튼(520)의 연장부(521)의 적어도 일부가 삽입된다. 초기 상태에서 제1 버튼(520)의 연장부(521)는 제1 버튼 결합부(554)에 삽입되지 않은 상태일 수 있다. 다만, 제1 버튼(520)이 가압되면, 연장부(521)는 제1 버튼 결합부(554)에 삽입되는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 제1 버튼의 하방으로의 이동이 보장될 수 있다. The first button engaging portion 554 is a type of groove or hole formed on the upper surface of the lateral guide 551, and at least a portion of the extension portion 521 of the first button 520 is inserted into this groove. do. In the initial state, the extension portion 521 of the first button 520 may not be inserted into the first button coupling portion 554. However, when the first button 520 is pressed, the extension portion 521 is preferably inserted into the first button engaging portion 554. Due to this, downward movement of the first button can be guaranteed.
이상의 내용을 정리하자면, 초기 상태에서 제1 버튼(520)의 걸림돌기(522)는 휠(542)의 격발 방지부(545)에 걸려있는 상태이다. 이때, 제1 버튼(520)이 가압되면, 연장부(521)가 제1 버튼 결합부(554)에 삽입되면서, 제1 버튼(520)이 근위로 이동한다. 이때, 걸림돌기(522)도 근위로 이동하면서, 격발 방지부(545)와 걸림돌기(522)의 걸림은 해제된다. 이로 인해, 휠(542)은 회전이 가능한 상태가 될 수 있다. To summarize the above, in the initial state, the locking protrusion 522 of the first button 520 is caught on the trigger prevention portion 545 of the wheel 542. At this time, when the first button 520 is pressed, the extension portion 521 is inserted into the first button engaging portion 554, and the first button 520 moves proximally. At this time, the locking protrusion 522 also moves proximally, and the locking of the trigger prevention portion 545 and the locking protrusion 522 is released. Because of this, the wheel 542 may be in a rotatable state.
또한, 니들 캐리어(550)는 삽입홈(552)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 삽입홈(552)은 종측 가이드(553)의 일면으로부터 함몰 형성되는 홈이다. 이때, 종측 가이드(553)의 일면은 휠(542)과 대면하는 면을 의미한다. 삽입홈(552)에는 휠(542)의 가이드 돌기(543)가 삽입되며, 가이드 돌기(543)가 삽입홈(552)에서 좌우로 이동할 수 있다.Additionally, the needle carrier 550 may further include an insertion groove 552. The insertion groove 552 is a groove formed by recessing from one surface of the longitudinal guide 553. At this time, one side of the longitudinal guide 553 refers to the side facing the wheel 542. The guide protrusion 543 of the wheel 542 is inserted into the insertion groove 552, and the guide protrusion 543 can move left and right in the insertion groove 552.
도 27은 제2 버튼(530)과 횡측 가이드(551) 사이의 체결을 나타낸 것이다. Figure 27 shows fastening between the second button 530 and the lateral guide 551.
도 27을 참조하면, 제2 버튼(530)은 연장부(531) 및 후크(532)를 더 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 27, the second button 530 may further include an extension 531 and a hook 532.
연장부(531)는 제2 버튼(530)의 하면으로부터 돌출 형성되며, 횡측 가이드(551)의 일면에 삽입되도록 구성된다. 이때, 돌출되는 방향은 어플리케이터(500)가 조립되었을 때, 어플리케이터(500)의 방사상 내측을 향하는 방향인 것이 바람직하다. 바람직하게는 연장부(531)는 한 쌍이 서로 마주보도록 형성될 수 있다. The extension portion 531 protrudes from the lower surface of the second button 530 and is configured to be inserted into one surface of the lateral guide 551. At this time, the protruding direction is preferably toward the radial inside of the applicator 500 when the applicator 500 is assembled. Preferably, a pair of extension portions 531 may be formed to face each other.
후크(532)는 연장부(531)의 내면으로부터 제2 버튼(530)의 방사상 내측으로 돌출 형성된다. 후크(532)는 제2 버튼(530)의 하면으로부터 이격되어 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 제2 버튼(530)의 하면과 후크(532) 사이의 공간을 통해 이하에서 설명할 후크 돌기(555)가 배치될 수 있다. The hook 532 protrudes radially inside the second button 530 from the inner surface of the extension portion 531. The hook 532 is preferably formed to be spaced apart from the lower surface of the second button 530. A hook protrusion 555, which will be described below, may be disposed in the space between the lower surface of the second button 530 and the hook 532.
후크(532)는 니들 캐리어(550), 그 중에서도 종측 가이드(553)와 대면함으로써 니들 캐리어(550)의 직선 운동을 방지할 수 있다.The hook 532 can prevent the needle carrier 550 from moving in a straight line by facing the needle carrier 550, especially the longitudinal guide 553.
이를 위하여, 니들 캐리어(550)는 후크 돌기(555)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 후크 돌기(555)는 종측 가이드(553)의 일면으로부터 제2 버튼(530)의 방사상 외측으로 돌출 형성된다. 즉, 후크(532)와 후크 돌기(555)는 서로 반대 방향을 향하여 돌출 형성될 수 있으며, 이로 인해 상호 맞물릴 수 있는 위치에 형성될 수 있다.To this end, the needle carrier 550 may further include a hook protrusion 555. The hook protrusion 555 protrudes radially outward from one surface of the longitudinal guide 553 to the second button 530. That is, the hook 532 and the hook protrusion 555 may protrude in opposite directions, and thus may be formed at positions where they can engage with each other.
이상의 내용을 정리하면, 초기 상태에서 제2 버튼(530)의 후크(532)는 니들 캐리어(550)의 후크 돌기(555)에 걸려있는 상태이다. 이때, 제2 버튼(530)이 가압되면서 제2 버튼(530)이 어플리케이터(500)의 방사상 내측으로 이동한다. 그러면서 후크(532)도 함께 이동하고, 후크 돌기(555)와 후크(532)의 걸림은 해제된다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(550)는 직선 운동이 가능한 상태가 될 수 있다. To summarize the above, in the initial state, the hook 532 of the second button 530 is caught on the hook protrusion 555 of the needle carrier 550. At this time, as the second button 530 is pressed, the second button 530 moves radially inside the applicator 500. At the same time, the hook 532 also moves, and the hook protrusion 555 and the hook 532 are released. Because of this, the needle carrier 550 may be capable of linear movement.
도 26 및 도 27을 참조하면, 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)는 격발을 위하여 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 모두 가압되어야 한다.Referring to FIGS. 26 and 27, in order to trigger the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment, both the first button 520 and the second button 530 must be pressed.
즉, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)은 먼저 눌리는 것이 안전 잠금 해제 버튼으로서의 역할을 수행하며, 이어서 눌리는 것이 격발 버튼으로서의 역할을 수행할 수 있다.That is, the first button 520 and the second button 530 may function as a safety lock release button when pressed first, and may function as a trigger button when pressed subsequently.
한편, 제1 버튼(520)의 압입과 제2 버튼(530)의 압입은 서로 독립적인 메커니즘이므로, 순서에 상관없이 가압될 수 있다. Meanwhile, since the pressing of the first button 520 and the pressing of the second button 530 are independent mechanisms, they can be pressed in any order.
도 28은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 저면사시도이다.Figure 28 is a bottom perspective view of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 28을 참조하면, 어플리케이터(500)는 저면에 개구(514)가 형성된다. 이때, 개구(514) 직경은 트랜스미터(50)의 최대 직경과 같거나, 미소하게 크도록 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 어플리케이터(500)의 내부에 오염물 등이 들어가는 현상이 방지될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 28, the applicator 500 has an opening 514 formed on the bottom. At this time, the diameter of the opening 514 is preferably formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the maximum diameter of the transmitter 50. Because of this, it is possible to prevent contaminants from entering the interior of the applicator 500.
도 29는 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 트랜스미터 홀더 및 트랜스미터를 나타낸 것이다. 도 30은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 격발 후 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 29 shows the transmitter holder and transmitter of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure. Figure 30 shows the state after triggering of the applicator according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 29를 참조하면, 트랜스미터 홀더(570)는 트랜스미터 지지부(571)를 포함할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 29, the transmitter holder 570 may include a transmitter support portion 571.
도 29의 (a)는 트랜스미터 홀더(570)의 사시도이고, 도 29의 (b)는 도 29의 (a)를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도이다.Figure 29 (a) is a perspective view of the transmitter holder 570, and Figure 29 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along II' of Figure 29 (a).
트랜스미터 지지부(571)는 트랜스미터 홀더(570)의 일면에 형성되며, 트랜스미터(50)를 잡아서(hold) 지지(support)하도록 구성된다. 본 실시예에 따른 트랜스미터 지지부(571)는 오링(o-ring)일 수 있다(도 30 참조). 이러한 경우, 오링과 트랜스미터(50) 사이에는 마찰력이 형성되어, 별도의 체결 또는 체결 해제 구조가 없더라도 트랜스미터(50)를 안정적으로 잡아줄 수 있어, 제조 비용이 저감될 수 있다는 효과가 있다. The transmitter support portion 571 is formed on one surface of the transmitter holder 570 and is configured to hold and support the transmitter 50. The transmitter support 571 according to this embodiment may be an O-ring (see FIG. 30). In this case, friction is formed between the O-ring and the transmitter 50, and the transmitter 50 can be held stably even without a separate fastening or disengaging structure, which has the effect of reducing manufacturing costs.
한편, 트랜스미터 지지부(571)와 트랜스미터(50) 사이에는 마찰에 의한 결합력이 형성되기에, 트랜스미터(50)를 근위 방향으로 밀어줄 수 있는 구조가 필요하다. 이를 위해, 트랜스미터 홀더(570)는 푸셔(572)를 더 포함할 수 있다. Meanwhile, since a coupling force is formed between the transmitter support 571 and the transmitter 50 due to friction, a structure that can push the transmitter 50 in the proximal direction is required. To this end, the transmitter holder 570 may further include a pusher 572.
푸셔(572)는 트랜스미터 홀더(570)의 상면에 배치되며, 수평면에 평행한 축에 대해 회동하도록 구성된다(도 29의 (b) 참조). 한편, 충분한 가압력을 제공하기 위하여, 푸셔(572)는 복수 개 마련되는 것이 바람직하다. The pusher 572 is disposed on the upper surface of the transmitter holder 570 and is configured to rotate about an axis parallel to the horizontal plane (see (b) of FIG. 29). Meanwhile, in order to provide sufficient pressing force, it is preferable that a plurality of pushers 572 are provided.
푸셔(572)의 제1 단부(573)는 트랜스미터 하우징(510)의 외부에 배치되며, 제2 단부(574)는 트랜스미터 홀더(570)의 내부에 배치된다. 트랜스미터 홀더(570)가 가압되면서(도 29의 (b)의 화살표 방향), 제1 단부(573)는 하우징(510)의 내저면에 부딪히게 된다. 이로 인해, 푸셔(572)는 일 방향으로 회전할 수 있다. 여기서, 일 방향이란 도 29의 (b)에서 곡선 화살표에 의해 도시된 방향을 의미한다. The first end 573 of the pusher 572 is disposed outside the transmitter housing 510, and the second end 574 is disposed inside the transmitter holder 570. As the transmitter holder 570 is pressed (in the direction of the arrow in (b) of FIG. 29), the first end 573 collides with the inner bottom surface of the housing 510. Because of this, the pusher 572 can rotate in one direction. Here, one direction means the direction shown by the curved arrow in (b) of FIG. 29.
푸셔(572)가 회전하면서 제2 단부(574)는 트랜스미터(50)를 강하게 가압한다. 이로 인해, 트랜스미터 지지부(571)에 의해 고정되어 있던 트랜스미터(50)는 트랜스미터 홀더(570)로부터 탈거될 수 있다. As the pusher 572 rotates, the second end 574 strongly presses the transmitter 50. Because of this, the transmitter 50, which is fixed by the transmitter support portion 571, can be removed from the transmitter holder 570.
6. 제5-2 실시예6. Example 5-2
도 31은 본 개시의 제5-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 작동 원리를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 31 shows the operating principle of the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
제5-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터는 제5-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)와 구동부(540')를 제외한 타 구성을 공유할 수 있다. 이에, 본 개시에서는 구동부(540')에 관해서만 설명함에 유의한다.The applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment may share other configurations except for the driving unit 540' with the applicator 500 according to the 5-2 embodiment. Therefore, please note that this disclosure only describes the driving unit 540'.
본 개시의 제5-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 구동부(540')는 탄성체(541'), 휠(542'), 가이드 돌기 및 가이드 롤러(544')의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The driving unit 540' of the applicator according to the 5-2 embodiment of the present disclosure includes all or part of an elastic body 541', a wheel 542', a guide protrusion, and a guide roller 544'.
탄성체(541')는 탄성력이 있어, 인장이 가능한 재질로 형성된다. 예를 들어, 탄성체(541')는 고무 밴드(rubber band)일 수 있으나, 설계자에 의해 적절히 그 재료는 변경될 수 있다. The elastic body 541' is made of a material that has elasticity and can be stretched. For example, the elastic body 541' may be a rubber band, but the material may be appropriately changed by the designer.
탄성체(541')는 일단이 휠(542')과 체결되며, 타단은 드럼의 일면에 체결된다. 여기서, 일단은 탄성체(541')가 권취된 상태에서 내측에 배치되는 단부를 의미하며, 타단은 외측에 배치되는 단부를 의미한다. One end of the elastic body 541' is fastened to the wheel 542', and the other end is fastened to one surface of the drum. Here, one end refers to an end disposed on the inside when the elastic body 541' is wound, and the other end refers to an end disposed on the outside.
탄성체(541')는 초기 상태에서 인장되어 조립된다. 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)의 가압에 의해 탄성체(541')의 인장을 고정하던 체결부가 해제되면서, 탄성체(541')는 원래 상태로 돌아가기 위하여 압축된다. 이로써, 탄성체(541')의 일단이 회전하게 된다. The elastic body 541' is assembled by being stretched in its initial state. By pressing the first button 520 and the second button 530, the fastener that secures the tension of the elastic body 541' is released, and the elastic body 541' is compressed to return to its original state. As a result, one end of the elastic body 541' rotates.
제5-2 실시예에 따른 휠(542') 및 가이드 돌기(미도시)는 제5-1 실시예에 따른 휠(542) 및 가이드 돌기(543)와 구성, 형상 및 기능이 동일한바, 상세한 설명은 제5-1 실시예에 관한 설명으로 갈음한다.The wheel 542' and guide protrusion (not shown) according to the 5-2 embodiment have the same configuration, shape, and function as the wheel 542 and the guide protrusion 543 according to the 5-1 embodiment. The description is replaced with the description of Embodiment 5-1.
가이드 롤러(544')는 하우징의 내부 일면으로부터 돌출 형성되며, 탄성체(541')가 거치될 수 있도록 휠(542')과 인접하여 배치될 수 있다. 가이드 롤러(544')는 대략 원기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다. 이로 인해, 탄성체(541')가 가이드 롤러(544')의 외주면을 따라 미끄러질 수 있다. The guide roller 544' protrudes from one inner surface of the housing and may be arranged adjacent to the wheel 542' so that the elastic body 541' can be mounted. The guide roller 544' preferably has a substantially cylindrical shape. Because of this, the elastic body 541' can slide along the outer peripheral surface of the guide roller 544'.
도 31의 (a)는 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530) 중 어느 하나 이상이 가압되지 않은 상태, 즉, 초기 상태일 때를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 31 (a) shows a state in which at least one of the first button 520 and the second button 530 is not pressed, that is, in the initial state.
도 31의 (a)를 참조하면, 가이드 돌기(미도시)가 가장 원위에 배치된 상태이고, 이에 따라 니들 캐리어(550') 역시 원위에 배치된 상태일 것이다. 한편, 이때의 탄성체(541')는 인장된 상태일 것이다.Referring to (a) of FIG. 31, the guide protrusion (not shown) is positioned at the most distal position, and accordingly, the needle carrier 550' will also be positioned at the distal position. Meanwhile, the elastic body 541' at this time will be in a tensioned state.
한편, 도 31의 (a)에 도시된 바에 따르면, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530) 중 어느 하나 이상이 가압되지 않은 상태이기에, 니들 캐리어(550')는 제1 버튼(520) 또는 제2 버튼(530)에 의해 근위로의 운동이 제한된다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(550')와 직/간접적으로 체결된 가이드 돌기, 휠(542') 그리고 탄성체(541')의 운동까지 제한된 상태이다.Meanwhile, as shown in (a) of FIG. 31, since at least one of the first button 520 and the second button 530 is not pressed, the needle carrier 550' presses the first button 520. ) or the proximal movement is restricted by the second button 530. Due to this, the movement of the guide protrusion, wheel 542', and elastic body 541' directly/indirectly connected to the needle carrier 550' is restricted.
도 31의 (b)는 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 모두 가압되어 니들(560)이 피부에 삽입된 상태를 나타낸 것이다. Figure 31 (b) shows a state in which both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed and the needle 560 is inserted into the skin.
도 31의 (b)를 참조하면, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)이 모두 가압되면서, 제1 버튼(520) 및 제2 버튼(530)과 니들 캐리어(550') 사이의 체결이 해제된다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(550')의 원위에서 근위로의 운동이 더 이상 제한되지 아니한다. 따라서, 니들 캐리어(550')와 직/간접적으로 체결된 가이드 돌기, 휠(542') 그리고 탄성체(541')의 운동이 가능해진다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 31, while both the first button 520 and the second button 530 are pressed, the space between the first button 520 and the second button 530 and the needle carrier 550' The fastening is released. Due to this, the movement of the needle carrier 550' from distal to proximal is no longer restricted. Accordingly, movement of the guide protrusion, wheel 542', and elastic body 541' directly/indirectly coupled to the needle carrier 550' is possible.
탄성체(541')는 일 방향(본 개시의 도 31에서는 반시계 방향으로 도시되어 있으나, 반대 방향이더라도 무방하다)으로 회전한다. 다만, 반대 방향으로 회전이 가능하기 위해서는 탄성체(541')가 가이드 롤러(544')에 배치되는 방향 등이 모두 바뀌어야 할 것이다.The elastic body 541' rotates in one direction (in FIG. 31 of the present disclosure, it is shown counterclockwise, but the opposite direction may also be used). However, in order to enable rotation in the opposite direction, the direction in which the elastic body 541' is disposed on the guide roller 544' must be changed.
가이드 돌기는 가장 근위에 배치되고, 이에 따라 니들 캐리어(550') 역시 근위에 배치된다. 한편, 탄성체(541')는 절반 정도 인장이 풀린 상태일 것이다.The guide protrusion is disposed most proximally, and the needle carrier 550' is also disposed proximally accordingly. Meanwhile, the elastic body 541' will be in a state where about half of the tension is released.
니들 캐리어(550')가 근위로 이동하면서, 니들(560')도 근위로 이동할 수 있고, 사용자의 피부에 삽입될 수 있다. As needle carrier 550' moves proximally, needle 560' may also move proximally and be inserted into the user's skin.
도 31의 (c)는 니들(560')이 사용자의 피부로부터 인출된 상태를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 31(c) shows a state in which the needle 560' is pulled out from the user's skin.
도 21의 (c)를 참조하면, 탄성체(541')는 일 방향으로 더 회전한다. Referring to (c) of FIG. 21, the elastic body 541' further rotates in one direction.
이로 인해, 가이드 돌기는 다시 원위로 배치되고, 이에 따라 니들 캐리어(550') 역시 원위에 배치된다. 한편, 탄성체(541')는 완전히 인장이 풀려, 탄성체(541')에 의한 구동력은 발생하지 않는 상태일 것이다.Due to this, the guide protrusion is again disposed distally, and accordingly the needle carrier 550' is also disposed distally. Meanwhile, the elastic body 541' will be completely released, and no driving force will be generated by the elastic body 541'.
니들 캐리어(550')가 다시 원위로 이동하면서, 니들(560')이 원위로 이동할 수 있고, 사용자의 피부로부터 인출될 수 있다.As needle carrier 550' moves distally again, needle 560' may move distally and be withdrawn from the user's skin.
7. 제6-1 실시예7. Example 6-1
도 32는 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.Figure 32 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 32를 참조하면, 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(600)는 하우징(610)을 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 32, the applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure includes a housing 610.
하우징(610)은 사용자가 파지하도록 구성되며, 중공 기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다. 또한, 사용자가 전체적으로 파지하기 쉽도록, 하우징(610)의 중간은 오목한 형상일 수 있다. 한편, 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(600)는 앞선 제1 내지 제4 실시예와 다르게 사용자가 직접 가압하여 격발하는 것이 아니라, 버튼을 가압하면 자동으로 격발되는 자동 격발 방식으로 작동한다. The housing 610 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably in the shape of a hollow pillar. Additionally, the middle of the housing 610 may be concave so that the user can easily hold it as a whole. Meanwhile, the applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure is different from the previous first to fourth embodiments in that the applicator 600 is not triggered directly by the user, but is automatically triggered by pressing a button. It works.
이를 위하여, 어플리케이터(600)는 버튼(620)을 더 포함한다. For this purpose, the applicator 600 further includes a button 620.
버튼(620)은 하우징(610)의 상면에 배치되며, 하방으로 가압되도록 구성된다.The button 620 is disposed on the upper surface of the housing 610 and is configured to be pressed downward.
한편, 사용자의 의도와 상관없이 외부 충격 등으로 인해 버튼(620)이 눌려서 불의로 격발되는 것을 방지하기 위하여, 어플리케이터(600)는 안전핀(630)을 더 포함할 수 있다. Meanwhile, in order to prevent the button 620 from being accidentally triggered by pressing it due to an external impact, etc. regardless of the user's intention, the applicator 600 may further include a safety pin 630.
안전핀(630)은 하우징(610)에 삽입 또는 탈거되도록 구성되며, 사용자가 파지하기 쉽도록 손잡이(knob) 형상인 구성을 포함하는 것이 바람직하다.The safety pin 630 is configured to be inserted into or removed from the housing 610, and preferably has a knob shape so that the user can easily hold it.
도 33a 및 도 33b는 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부를 나타낸 것이다.Figures 33a and 33b show the interior of an applicator according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure.
구체적으로, 도 33a는 내부 구성요소들이 결합되어 있는 상태를 후면사시도 시점에서 바라본 것을 나타낸 것이며, 도 33b는 내부 구성요소이 분해되어 있는 상태를 정면 분해사시도 시점에서 바라본 것을 나타낸 것이다. Specifically, Figure 33a shows a state in which internal components are combined as seen from a rear perspective view, and Figure 33b shows a state in which internal components are disassembled as viewed from a front exploded perspective view.
도 33a 및 도 33b을 참조하여, 본 개시의 제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(600)의 구성요소와 구성요소간 결합 관계를 설명한다. With reference to FIGS. 33A and 33B, the components of the applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment of the present disclosure and the connection relationships between the components will be described.
제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(600)는 하우징(610)의 내부에 배치되는 구동부(640), 니들 캐리어(650) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(660)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.The applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment includes all or part of a driving unit 640, a needle carrier 650, and a transmitter holder 660 disposed inside the housing 610.
구동부(640)는 스프링(641) 및 휠(642)을 포함한다. The driving unit 640 includes a spring 641 and a wheel 642.
제6-1 실시예에 따른 스프링(641)과 휠(642)은 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)의 스프링(541) 및 휠(542)과 구성, 형상 및 기능이 동일한바, 제5-1 실시예에 관한 설명으로 갈음한다. The spring 641 and wheel 642 according to the 6-1 embodiment have the same configuration, shape, and function as the spring 541 and wheel 542 of the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment, This is replaced with the description of Example 5-1.
니들 캐리어(650)는 하우징(610)의 내부에서 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 이때, 니들 캐리어(650)의 직선 운동은 구동부(640)의 회전 운동에 의해 유발될 수 있다. 이를 위하여, 니들 캐리어(650)는 횡측 가이드(651) 및 종측 가이드(653)를 포함할 수 있고, 니들 캐리어(650)는 전체적으로 영문자 T 형상을 가질 수 있다. The needle carrier 650 is configured to move linearly within the housing 610. At this time, the linear movement of the needle carrier 650 may be caused by the rotational movement of the driving unit 640. To this end, the needle carrier 650 may include a lateral guide 651 and a longitudinal guide 653, and the needle carrier 650 may have an overall English letter T shape.
횡측 가이드(651)에는 구동부(640)의 가이드 돌기(미도시)가 삽입될 수 있다. 휠(642)이 회전하면서 가이드 돌기가 따라서 회전하고, 이에 따라 가이드 돌기가 횡측 가이드(651)를 따라 좌우로 이동할 수 있다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(650)가 원위와 근위 사이를 직선 운동하게 된다.A guide protrusion (not shown) of the driving unit 640 may be inserted into the lateral guide 651. As the wheel 642 rotates, the guide protrusion rotates accordingly, and thus the guide protrusion can move left and right along the lateral guide 651. This causes the needle carrier 650 to move linearly between the distal and proximal sides.
횡측 가이드(651)는 버튼(620)과 체결되도록 구성되며, 버튼(620)과의 체결이 해제됨으로써, 격발이 가능하다. 본 실시예에 따른 버튼(620)과 횡측 가이드(651)의 체결은 본 개시의 제5-1 실시예에 따른 제1 버튼(520)과 횡측 가이드(551) 사이의 체결 관계가 적용될 수 있는바, 제5-1 실시예에 관한 설명으로 갈음한다. The lateral guide 651 is configured to be fastened to the button 620, and when the fastening to the button 620 is released, triggering is possible. The fastening relationship between the first button 520 and the horizontal guide 551 according to the 5-1 embodiment of the present disclosure can be applied to the fastening of the button 620 and the lateral guide 651 according to this embodiment. , Replaced with the description of Example 5-1.
종측 가이드(653)는 안전핀(630)과 체결되도록 구성되며, 안전핀(630)과의 체결이 해제되어야 이동 가능해진다. 관련하여, 도 34에서 상세히 설명한다.The longitudinal guide 653 is configured to be fastened to the safety pin 630, and can be moved only when fastened to the safety pin 630 is released. In relation to this, it is explained in detail in FIG. 34.
트랜스미터 홀더(660)는 트랜스미터(미도시)와 결합하여, 트랜스미터를 원위에서 근위까지 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 트랜스미터 홀더 (660)는 종측 가이드(653)에 의해 원위에서 근위로 가압되며, 트랜스미터 홀더(660)는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동한다. The transmitter holder 660 is coupled with a transmitter (not shown) and is configured to move the transmitter linearly from distal to proximal. Transmitter holder 660 is pressed from distal to proximal by longitudinal guide 653, and transmitter holder 660 moves only in the direction from distal to proximal.
도 34는 도 32를 I-I'를 따라 절단한 단면도 및 이를 확대한 것이다.Figure 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along II' of Figure 32 and its enlarged view.
도 34를 참조하면, 안전핀(630)은 그립부(631), 제1 핀(632) 및 제2 핀(633)을 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 34, the safety pin 630 may include a grip portion 631, a first pin 632, and a second pin 633.
그립부(631)는 사용자가 파지하는 부분이다.The grip part 631 is a part that the user grips.
제1 핀(632)은 그립부(631)로부터 돌출 형성되며, 가느다란 핀(pin) 형상인 것이 바람직하다.The first pin 632 protrudes from the grip portion 631 and is preferably in the shape of a thin pin.
제2 핀(633)은 그립부(631)로부터 돌출 형성되되, 제1 핀(632)보다 하방에 배치된다. 이때, 제1 핀(632)과 제2 핀(633)이 돌출되는 방향은 동일하다.The second pin 633 protrudes from the grip portion 631 and is disposed lower than the first pin 632. At this time, the direction in which the first fin 632 and the second fin 633 protrude are the same.
제1 핀(632)과 제2 핀(633)은 하우징(610)의 일면에 삽입되며, 제1 핀(632) 및 제2 핀(633)에 의해 격발이 방지된다. The first pin 632 and the second pin 633 are inserted into one surface of the housing 610, and triggering is prevented by the first pin 632 and the second pin 633.
제2 핀(633)의 단부에는 후크(634)가 형성될 수 있다. 후크(634)는 제2핀 홀(612)의 단부에 걸림으로써, 외부 충격 등에 의하여 안전핀(630)이 빠지는 것을 방지할 수 있다. 한편, 후크(634)는 안전핀(630)이 어플리케이터(600)로부터 탈거되는 방향으로 경사면이 형성된다. 이로 인해, 일정 힘 이상으로 안전핀(630)을 당겨야 안전핀(630)이 탈거될 수 있다. 다시 말해, 후크(634)는 제2핀 홀(612)과 스냅핏 방식으로 결합이 가능하다.A hook 634 may be formed at the end of the second pin 633. The hook 634 is caught at the end of the second pin hole 612, thereby preventing the safety pin 630 from being pulled out due to external impact, etc. Meanwhile, the hook 634 has an inclined surface formed in the direction in which the safety pin 630 is removed from the applicator 600. Because of this, the safety pin 630 can be removed only when the safety pin 630 is pulled with a certain force or more. In other words, the hook 634 can be coupled to the second pin hole 612 in a snap fit manner.
하우징(610)은 제1핀 홀(611), 제2핀 홀(612), 스프링 거치부(613) 및 제1핀 홈(614)을 포함할 수 있다.The housing 610 may include a first pin hole 611, a second pin hole 612, a spring holder 613, and a first pin groove 614.
제1핀 홀(611)은 하우징(610)의 외주면에 형성된 홀(hole)로, 제1 핀(632)이 삽입될 수 있다.The first pin hole 611 is a hole formed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing 610, into which the first pin 632 can be inserted.
니들 캐리어(650)는 제1핀 관통홀(652)을 포함할 수 있다. The needle carrier 650 may include a first pin through hole 652.
제1핀 관통홀(652)은 니들 캐리어(650)의 횡측 가이드(651) 중앙에 형성되며, 제1핀 관통홀(652)을 통해 제1 핀(632)이 니들 캐리어(650)를 관통할 수 있다.The first pin through hole 652 is formed in the center of the lateral guide 651 of the needle carrier 650, and the first pin 632 penetrates the needle carrier 650 through the first pin through hole 652. You can.
스프링 거치부(613)는 스프링(641)이 거치되는 구성으로, 전체적으로 보스(boss) 형상일 수 있다. 스프링 거치부(613)의 플랜지 부분에는 제1핀 홈(614)이 형성된다. The spring holder 613 is a configuration on which the spring 641 is mounted, and may have an overall boss shape. A first pin groove 614 is formed in the flange portion of the spring mounting portion 613.
상기한 제1핀 홀(611), 제1핀 관통홀(652) 및 제1핀 홈(614)은 그 직경이 모두 같은 원형이며, 동축으로 배열된다. 이로 인해, 제1 핀(632)이 한 번에 하우징(610), 니들 캐리어(650) 및 구동부(640)를 모두 고정시킬 수 있게 된다. The first pin hole 611, the first pin through hole 652, and the first pin groove 614 are all circular in diameter and arranged coaxially. Because of this, the first pin 632 can fix the housing 610, the needle carrier 650, and the drive unit 640 all at once.
한편, 제1 핀(632)이 삽입된 상태에서 제1 버튼(620)의 단부는 제1 핀(632)에 접하게 된다. 따라서, 제1 핀(632)이 삽입되어 있는 한, 제1 버튼(620)은 가압될 수 없을 것이다.Meanwhile, when the first pin 632 is inserted, the end of the first button 620 comes into contact with the first pin 632. Accordingly, as long as the first pin 632 is inserted, the first button 620 will not be able to be pressed.
제2핀 홀(612)은 하우징(610)의 외주면에 형성된 홀로, 제2 핀(633)이 삽입되되, 제1핀 홀(611)보다 하부에 형성된다. The second pin hole 612 is a hole formed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing 610, into which the second pin 633 is inserted, and is formed lower than the first pin hole 611.
제6-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(600)는 안전핀(630)이 삽입되어 있을 때, 버튼(620)의 가압도 방지되며, 구동부(640)의 회전과 니들 캐리어(650)의 직선 운동 역시 방지될 수 있다. The applicator 600 according to the 6-1 embodiment prevents the button 620 from being pressed when the safety pin 630 is inserted, and also prevents the rotation of the drive unit 640 and the linear movement of the needle carrier 650. It can be.
또한, 안전핀(630)의 후크(634)에 의해, 외부 충격으로부터 안전핀이 빠지는 것을 방지함으로써, 안전을 더 기할 수 있다는 장점이 있다.In addition, the hook 634 of the safety pin 630 prevents the safety pin from being pulled out from external impact, thereby increasing safety.
8. 제6-2 실시예8. Example 6-2
도 35는 본 개시의 제6-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다.Figure 35 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 35의 (a)는 그립부(631')가 펼쳐진 상태를, 도 35의 (b)는 그립부(631')가 모아진 상태를 도시한 것이다.Figure 35(a) shows the grip part 631' in an unfolded state, and Figure 35(b) shows the grip part 631' in a gathered state.
도 35를 참조하면, 본 개시의 제6-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(600')는 하우징(610'), 버튼(620') 및 안전핀(630')의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 35, the applicator 600' according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure includes all or part of a housing 610', a button 620', and a safety pin 630'.
제6-2 실시예에 따른 하우징(610') 및 버튼(620')은 제6-1 실시예에 따른 하우징(610) 및 버튼(620)과 구성, 형상 및 기능이 동일한바, 제6-1 실시예에 따른 설명으로 갈음한다.The housing 610' and the button 620' according to the 6-2 embodiment have the same configuration, shape, and function as the housing 610 and the button 620 according to the 6-1 embodiment. 1 Replaced with an explanation according to Example.
제6-2 실시예에 따른 안전핀(630')은 그립부(631')가 두 개의 구성으로 형성되며, 그립부(631')는 펼쳐지거나 모아질 수 있다. 그립부(631')가 펼쳐짐으로써, 어플리케이터(600')의 전체 부피가 감소할 수 있고, 이로 인해, 포장재의 저감 등이 가능하다는 장점이 있다. The safety pin 630' according to the 6-2 embodiment has two grip portions 631', and the grip portions 631' can be unfolded or gathered together. By unfolding the grip portion 631', the overall volume of the applicator 600' can be reduced, which has the advantage of reducing the amount of packaging material.
도 36은 제6-2 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 단면 사시도이다.Figure 36 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the applicator according to the 6-2 embodiment.
도 36을 참조하면, 본 개시의 제6-2 실시예에 따른 안전핀(630')은 제1 핀(632'), 제2 핀(633'), 후크(634') 및 지지핀(635')을 더 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 36, the safety pin 630' according to the 6-2 embodiment of the present disclosure includes a first pin 632', a second pin 633', a hook 634', and a support pin 635'. ) may further be included.
제1 핀(632'), 제2 핀(633') 및 지지핀(635')은 하우징(610')의 높이 방향을 따라 순서대로 배치된다.The first pin 632', second pin 633', and support pin 635' are arranged in order along the height direction of the housing 610'.
제1 핀(632')은 제1핀 홀(611')에 삽입되며, 제2 핀(633')은 제2핀 홀(612')에 삽입되고, 지지핀(635')은 지지핀 홀(613')에 삽입된다. The first pin 632' is inserted into the first pin hole 611', the second pin 633' is inserted into the second pin hole 612', and the support pin 635' is inserted into the support pin hole 611'. It is inserted at (613').
제1 핀(632') 및 제2 핀(633'), 후크(634')의 구성, 형상 및 기능은 제6-1 실시예에 따른 제1 핀(632), 제2 핀(633) 및 후크(634)와 동일한바, 제6-1 실시예에 관한 설명으로 갈음한다.The configuration, shape, and function of the first pin 632', the second pin 633', and the hook 634' are the first pin 632, the second pin 633, and the hook 634' according to the 6-1 embodiment. It is the same as the hook 634, so it is replaced with the description of the 6-1 embodiment.
지지핀(635')은 안전핀(630')이 하우징(610')에 삽입된 상태에서, 트랜스미터의 하면과 접촉함으로써, 트랜스미터와 트랜스미터 홀더가 근위로 이동하는 것을 방지할 수 있다. The support pin 635' can prevent the transmitter and the transmitter holder from moving proximally by contacting the lower surface of the transmitter while the safety pin 630' is inserted into the housing 610'.
9. 제7 실시예9. Seventh Embodiment
도 37은 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 사시도이다. Figure 37 is a perspective view of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 37을 참조하면, 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(700)는 하우징(710)을 포함한다. 하우징(710)은 사용자가 파지하도록 구성되며, 중공 기둥 형상인 것이 바람직하다. 또한, 사용자가 전체적으로 파지하기 쉽도록, 하우징(710)의 중간은 오목한 형상일 수 있다. 한편, 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(700)는 앞선 제1 내지 제4 실시예와 다르게 사용자가 직접 가압하여 격발하는 것이 아니라, 버튼을 가압하면 자동으로 격발되는 자동 격발 방식으로 작동한다. Referring to FIG. 37, the applicator 700 according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure includes a housing 710. The housing 710 is configured to be held by a user, and is preferably in the shape of a hollow pillar. Additionally, the middle of the housing 710 may be concave so that the user can easily hold it as a whole. Meanwhile, the applicator 700 according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure, unlike the previous first to fourth embodiments, operates in an automatic trigger manner in which the applicator 700 is triggered automatically when a button is pressed, rather than being triggered by direct pressure from the user. .
이를 위하여, 어플리케이터(700)는 버튼(720)을 더 포함한다. For this purpose, the applicator 700 further includes a button 720.
버튼(720)은 하우징(710)의 상면에 배치되며, 하방으로 가압되도록 구성된다.The button 720 is disposed on the upper surface of the housing 710 and is configured to be pressed downward.
도 38은 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 내부를 나타낸 것이다.Figure 38 shows the interior of an applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 38을 참조하면, 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(700)는 캡(730), 구동부(740), 니들 캐리어(750) 및 트랜스미터 홀더(760)의 전부 또는 일부를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 38, the applicator 700 according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure includes all or part of a cap 730, a driving unit 740, a needle carrier 750, and a transmitter holder 760.
캡(730)은 하우징(710)의 저면에 형성된 개구부를 통해 적어도 일부가 삽입되도록 형성된다. 캡(730)은 사용자가 어플리케이터(700)를 사용하기 전 외부의 오염물로부터 어플리케이터(700)의 내부를 보호하도록 구성된다. 이를 위하여, 캡(730)의 최대 직경은 하우징(710) 저면에 형성된 개구의 직경과 같거나, 미소하게 크도록 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. The cap 730 is formed so that at least a portion of the cap 730 is inserted through an opening formed on the bottom of the housing 710. The cap 730 is configured to protect the inside of the applicator 700 from external contaminants before the user uses the applicator 700. For this purpose, it is preferable that the maximum diameter of the cap 730 is the same as or slightly larger than the diameter of the opening formed on the bottom of the housing 710.
캡(730)은 ABS(Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene co polymer) 수지, PC(Polycarbonate) 수지, PE(Polyethylene) 수지 중 어느 하나 이상의 재료로 구성될 수 있으나, 어플리케이터와 같은 의료기기에 통상적으로 사용되는 재료라면 제한없이 적용될 수 있다. 일 예로 PC 수지와 ABS 수지가 조합되어 사용될 수 있으나, 이는 설계자의 선택에 따라 적절히 변경될 수 있다.The cap 730 may be made of one or more materials among ABS (Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene co polymer) resin, PC (Polycarbonate) resin, and PE (Polyethylene) resin, but is limited to materials commonly used in medical devices such as applicators. It can be applied without. For example, PC resin and ABS resin may be used in combination, but this can be appropriately changed depending on the designer's choice.
캡(730)은 지지로드(731) 및 실링부(732)를 포함할 수 있다. 지지로드(731)는 트랜스미터에 접촉하여, 트랜스미터 및 트랜스미터 홀더(760)를 직접적으로 지지하는 구성에 해당한다.The cap 730 may include a support rod 731 and a sealing portion 732. The support rod 731 contacts the transmitter and corresponds to a configuration that directly supports the transmitter and the transmitter holder 760.
실링부(732)는 하우징(710) 저면에 형성된 개구를 실링하도록 구성된다. The sealing portion 732 is configured to seal the opening formed in the bottom of the housing 710.
구동부(740)는 버튼(720)의 가압에 상응하여, 니들 캐리어(750)와 니들(미도시)원위와 근위 사이를 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 이를 위하여, 구동부(740)는 휠(741)을 포함할 수 있다. 한편, 제7 실시예에 따른 휠(741)은 제5-1 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터(500)의 휠(542)과 구성, 형상 및 기능이 동일한바, 제5-1 실시예에 관한 설명으로 갈음한다. The driving unit 740 is configured to move the needle carrier 750 and the needle (not shown) in a straight line between the distal and proximal ends, in response to the pressing of the button 720. For this purpose, the driving unit 740 may include a wheel 741. Meanwhile, the wheel 741 according to the seventh embodiment has the same structure, shape, and function as the wheel 542 of the applicator 500 according to the 5-1 embodiment. replace
니들 캐리어(750)는 하우징(710)의 내부에서 직선 운동하도록 구성된다. 이때, 니들 캐리어(750)의 직선 운동은 구동부(740)의 회전 운동에 의해 유발될 수 있다.The needle carrier 750 is configured to move linearly within the housing 710. At this time, the linear movement of the needle carrier 750 may be caused by the rotational movement of the driving unit 740.
트랜스미터 홀더(760)는 트랜스미터(미도시)와 결합하여 트랜스미터를 원위에서 근위까지 직선 운동시키도록 구성된다. 트랜스미터 홀더(760)는 니들 캐리어(750)에 의해 원위에서 근위로 가압된다. 한편, 트랜스미터 홀더(760)는 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로만 이동한다. The transmitter holder 760 is configured to couple with a transmitter (not shown) to move the transmitter linearly from distal to proximal. Transmitter holder 760 is pressed from distal to proximal by needle carrier 750. Meanwhile, the transmitter holder 760 moves only in the direction from distal to proximal.
도 38의 (a)는 캡(730)이 제거되기 전의 상태를, 도 38의 (b)는 캡(730)이 제거된 상태를 나타낸다. Figure 38(a) shows the state before the cap 730 is removed, and Figure 38(b) shows the state after the cap 730 has been removed.
도 38의 (a)를 참조하면, 캡(730)은 원위 방향으로 트랜스미터 홀더(760)를 지지한다. 이로 인해, 직선 운동이 가능한 구성, 즉 니들 캐리어(750) 역시 원위를 향하는 방향으로 지지되고 있는 상태이다. Referring to (a) of FIG. 38, the cap 730 supports the transmitter holder 760 in the distal direction. Due to this, the needle carrier 750, which is configured to allow linear movement, is also supported in a distal direction.
도 38의 (b)를 참조하면, 캡(730)이 제거되면서 니들 캐리어(750)와 트랜스미터 홀더(760)는 근위로 약간 내려올 수 있다. 이 상태에서, 사용자는 버튼(720)을 가압할 수 있고, 어플리케이터(700)는 격발 준비가 완료된다.Referring to (b) of FIG. 38, when the cap 730 is removed, the needle carrier 750 and the transmitter holder 760 may come down slightly proximally. In this state, the user can press the button 720, and the applicator 700 is ready to be fired.
도 39는 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 니들 캐리어의 정면도이다. Figure 39 is a front view of a needle carrier according to a seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 39를 참조하면, 본 개시의 니들 캐리어(750)는 횡측 가이드(751), 삽입홈(752) 및 종측 가이드(753)를 포함한다. Referring to FIG. 39, the needle carrier 750 of the present disclosure includes a lateral guide 751, an insertion groove 752, and a longitudinal guide 753.
횡측 가이드(751)에는 구동부(740)의 가이드 돌기(742, 도 40 참조)가 삽입될 수 있다. 휠(741)이 회전하면서 가이드 돌기(742)가 회전하고, 이에 따라 가이드 돌기(742)가 횡측 가이드(751)를 따라 좌우로 이동할 수 있다. 이로 인해, 니들 캐리어(750)가 원위와 근위 사이를 직선 운동하게 된다. The guide protrusion 742 (see FIG. 40) of the driving unit 740 may be inserted into the lateral guide 751. As the wheel 741 rotates, the guide protrusion 742 rotates, and accordingly, the guide protrusion 742 can move left and right along the lateral guide 751. This causes the needle carrier 750 to move linearly between the distal and proximal sides.
삽입홈(752)은 횡측 가이드(751)의 저면에 형성되며, 가이드 돌기(742)가 통과할 정도의 너비를 갖는 것이 바람직하다. The insertion groove 752 is formed on the bottom of the lateral guide 751, and preferably has a width sufficient to allow the guide protrusion 742 to pass through.
종측 가이드(753)는 횡측 가이드(751)의 일면으로부터 원위에서 근위를 향하는 방향으로 연장된다. 종측 가이드(753)는 니들과 결합하여 니들을 고정할 수 있다.The longitudinal guide 753 extends from one surface of the transverse guide 751 in a direction from distal to proximal. The longitudinal guide 753 can be combined with the needle to fix the needle.
도 40은 본 개시의 제7 실시예에 따른 어플리케이터의 격발 방지 구성을 나타낸 것이다.Figure 40 shows the trigger prevention configuration of the applicator according to the seventh embodiment of the present disclosure.
도 40의 (a)는 캡(730)이 제거되기 전의 상태를, 도 40의 (b)는 캡(730)이 제거된 상태를 나타낸다.Figure 40(a) shows the state before the cap 730 is removed, and Figure 40(b) shows the state after the cap 730 has been removed.
도 40의 (a)를 참조하면, 캡(730)이 제거되기 전에는, 니들 캐리어(750)가 원위로 지지되고 있으므로, 니들 캐리어(750)가 원위로 미소하게 이동해 있는 상태이다. 이로 인해, 가이드 돌기(742)가 니들 캐리어(750)의 삽입홈(752)에 걸쳐져 있을 수 있다. 이로 인해, 횡측 가이드(751)는 횡방향으로의 이동이 불가하다. 한편, 가이드 돌기(742)의 횡방향 이동은 원운동의 특성 상, 종방향 이동에 상호 구속되는데, 횡방향 이동이 불가하기에, 가이드 돌기(742)의 종방향 이동 역시 제한된다. 이로 인해, 격발이 방지될 수 있다.Referring to (a) of FIG. 40, before the cap 730 is removed, the needle carrier 750 is supported distally, so the needle carrier 750 is slightly moved distally. Because of this, the guide protrusion 742 may span the insertion groove 752 of the needle carrier 750. Because of this, the lateral guide 751 cannot move in the lateral direction. Meanwhile, the lateral movement of the guide protrusion 742 is mutually restricted to the longitudinal movement due to the nature of circular motion. Since lateral movement is not possible, the longitudinal movement of the guide protrusion 742 is also limited. Due to this, triggering can be prevented.
도 40의 (b)를 참조하면, 캡(730)이 제거되면 니들 캐리어(750)를 지지하는 구성이 제거되어, 니들 캐리어(750)가 근위로 미소하게 이동한다. 가이드 돌기(742)는 횡측 가이드(751)의 내부에 삽입되는 상태가 되고, 이로 인해, 횡측 이동이 가능해진다. Referring to (b) of FIG. 40, when the cap 730 is removed, the structure supporting the needle carrier 750 is removed, and the needle carrier 750 moves proximally slightly. The guide protrusion 742 is inserted into the interior of the lateral guide 751, thereby enabling lateral movement.
이상의 설명은 본 실시예의 기술 사상을 예시적으로 설명한 것에 불과한 것으로서, 본 실시예가 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자라면 본 실시예의 본질적인 특성에서 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다양한 수정 및 변형이 가능할 것이다. 따라서, 본 실시예들은 본 실시예의 기술 사상을 한정하기 위한 것이 아니라 설명하기 위한 것이고, 이러한 실시예에 의하여 본 실시예의 기술 사상의 범위가 한정되는 것은 아니다. 본 실시예의 보호 범위는 아래의 청구범위에 의하여 해석되어야 하며, 그와 동등한 범위 내에 있는 모든 기술 사상은 본 실시예의 권리범위에 포함되는 것으로 해석되어야 할 것이다. The above description is merely an illustrative explanation of the technical idea of the present embodiment, and those skilled in the art will be able to make various modifications and variations without departing from the essential characteristics of the present embodiment. Accordingly, the present embodiments are not intended to limit the technical idea of the present embodiment, but rather to explain it, and the scope of the technical idea of the present embodiment is not limited by these examples. The scope of protection of this embodiment should be interpreted in accordance with the claims below, and all technical ideas within the equivalent scope should be interpreted as being included in the scope of rights of this embodiment.
[부호의 설명][Explanation of symbols]
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 600', 700: 어플리케이터100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 600', 700: Applicator
110, 210, 410: 핸들110, 210, 410: handle
120, 220, 420, 730: 캡120, 220, 420, 730: Cap
130, 230: 지지부130, 230: support part
140: 기어 140: gear
150, 260, 550, 550', 650, 750: 니들 캐리어 150, 260, 550, 550', 650, 750: Needle carrier
160: 니들 홀더160: Needle holder
170, 270, 362, 560, 560': 니들170, 270, 362, 560, 560': Needle
180, 280, 380, 450, 570, 660, 760: 트랜스미터 홀더180, 280, 380, 450, 570, 660, 760: Transmitter holder
240: 크랭크240: crank
250: 커넥팅 로드250: connecting rod
310: 상부캡310: upper cap
312: 하부캡312: lower cap
330: 푸시캡330: Push cap
340: 회전 가이드340: rotation guide
350: 회전 블록350: Rotating block
370: 스프링370: spring
430: 실린더430: cylinder
440: 피스톤440: Piston
520: 제1 버튼520: first button
530: 제2 버튼530: second button
540, 540', 640, 740: 구동부540, 540', 640, 740: Drive unit
620, 620', 720: 버튼620, 620', 720: Button
630, 630': 안전핀630, 630': safety pin

Claims (10)

  1. 저면에 개구가 형성되는 중공 기둥 형상의 하우징;A hollow pillar-shaped housing with an opening formed on the bottom;
    상기 하우징의 상면에 배치되는 제1 버튼; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing;
    상기 하우징의 외주면에 배치되는 제2 버튼; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing;
    상기 제2 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 하우징의 내부에서 원위 및 근위 사이를 직선 운동하는 니들 캐리어; 및 a needle carrier configured to be engaged with the second button and moving linearly between the distal end and the proximal end within the housing; and
    상기 제1 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 니들 캐리어의 직선 운동의 동력을 제공하도록 구성된 구동부를 포함하는,Configured to engage with the first button, and comprising a driving unit configured to provide power for linear movement of the needle carrier,
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  2. 제1항에 있어서, According to paragraph 1,
    상기 구동부는 The driving part
    압축된 상태로 상기 하우징의 내주면에 결합되는 권취된 스프링; a wound spring coupled to the inner peripheral surface of the housing in a compressed state;
    일면이 상기 스프링과 대면하며, 상기 스프링의 회전에 구속되는 휠;a wheel whose one surface faces the spring and is constrained by the rotation of the spring;
    상기 휠의 타면에 돌출 형성되며, 상기 휠의 원주를 따라 형성되는 호 형상의 격발 방지부; 및 an arc-shaped trigger prevention portion protruding from the other surface of the wheel and formed along the circumference of the wheel; and
    상기 휠의 타면에 돌출 형성되며, 상기 격발 방지부보다 방사상 내측에 배치되는 가이드 돌기를 포함하고, A guide protrusion is formed to protrude on the other surface of the wheel and is disposed radially inside the trigger prevention portion,
    상기 니들 캐리어는 The needle carrier is
    횡측 가이드; 및 transverse guide; and
    상기 횡측 가이드의 일면으로부터 형성되어 하우징의 길이 방향을 따라 연장되는 종측 가이드를 포함하는,Comprising a longitudinal guide formed from one surface of the transverse guide and extending along the longitudinal direction of the housing,
    어플리케이터. Applicator.
  3. 제2항에 있어서,According to paragraph 2,
    상기 제1 버튼은The first button is
    상기 제1 버튼의 하면으로부터 돌출 형성되는 연장부; 및an extension portion protruding from a lower surface of the first button; and
    상기 연장부의 일면으로부터 상기 제1 버튼의 방사상 외측을 향하여 돌출 형성되되, 상기 격발 방지부와 대면하도록 구성된 걸림돌기를 포함하되,A locking protrusion is formed to protrude from one surface of the extension portion toward a radial outer side of the first button and is configured to face the trigger prevention portion,
    상기 걸림돌기는 상기 제1 버튼의 하면으로부터 이격 형성되며,The stopping protrusion is formed spaced apart from the lower surface of the first button,
    상기 제1 버튼이 가압될 경우, 상기 걸림돌기와 상기 제1 버튼의 하면 사이의 이격된 공간에 상기 격발 방지부가 배치되는,When the first button is pressed, the trigger prevention portion is disposed in a spaced apart space between the locking protrusion and the lower surface of the first button.
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  4. 제2항에 있어서, According to paragraph 2,
    상기 니들 캐리어는 The needle carrier is
    상기 종측 가이드의 측면으로부터 돌출 형성되는 후크 돌기를 포함하고, It includes a hook protrusion protruding from a side of the longitudinal guide,
    상기 제2 버튼은The second button is
    상기 제2 버튼의 하면으로부터 돌출 형성되되, 상기 하우징의 방사상 내측을 향해 배치되는 연장부; 및 an extension portion protruding from a lower surface of the second button and disposed radially inward of the housing; and
    상기 연장부의 일면으로부터 상기 제2 버튼의 방사상 내측을 향하여 돌출 형성되되, 상기 후크 돌기와 대면하도록 구성된 후크를 포함하고,A hook is formed to protrude from one surface of the extension portion toward a radial inner side of the second button and is configured to face the hook protrusion,
    상기 후크는 상기 제2 버튼의 하면으로부터 이격 형성되며,The hook is spaced apart from the lower surface of the second button,
    상기 제2 버튼이 가압될 경우, 상기 후크와 상기 제2 버튼의 하면 사이의 이격된 공간에 상기 후크 돌기가 배치되는, When the second button is pressed, the hook protrusion is disposed in a space spaced apart between the hook and the lower surface of the second button.
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  5. 제2항에 있어서, According to paragraph 2,
    상기 제1 버튼은 상기 구동부의 회전을 제한하도록 구성되고, The first button is configured to limit rotation of the driving unit,
    상기 제2 버튼은 상기 니들 캐리어의 직선 운동을 제한하도록 구성되며, The second button is configured to limit linear movement of the needle carrier,
    상기 제1 버튼 및 상기 제2 버튼이 동시에, 또는 순차적으로 가압되면 상기 구동부가 회전함으로써, 상기 니들 캐리어가 원위에서 근위로 이동하는, When the first button and the second button are pressed simultaneously or sequentially, the drive unit rotates, so that the needle carrier moves from distal to proximal.
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  6. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 니들 캐리어에 의해 가압되어 원위에서 근위로 이동하며, 트랜스미터를 홀딩하도록 구성된 트랜스미터 홀더를 더 포함하되, further comprising a transmitter holder pressed by the needle carrier to move from distal to proximal, and configured to hold a transmitter,
    상기 트랜스미터 홀더는, The transmitter holder is,
    상기 트랜스미터의 적어도 일부를 감싸도록 구성된 트랜스미터 지지부; 및a transmitter support configured to surround at least a portion of the transmitter; and
    상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 상면에 회동 가능하게 장착되는 푸셔를 포함하는, Comprising a pusher rotatably mounted on the upper surface of the transmitter holder,
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  7. 제6항에 있어서, According to clause 6,
    상기 푸셔의 일단은 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 외부에 배치되고, One end of the pusher is disposed outside the transmitter holder,
    상기 푸셔의 타단은 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 내부에 배치되되, The other end of the pusher is disposed inside the transmitter holder,
    상기 푸셔의 일단은 상기 트랜스미터 홀더의 하면보다 돌출되어 형성되는, One end of the pusher is formed to protrude beyond the lower surface of the transmitter holder,
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  8. 제7항에 있어서, In clause 7,
    상기 트랜스미터 홀더가 상기 니들 캐리어에 의해 원위에서 근위로 이동하면, 상기 푸셔의 일단은 상기 하우징의 내저면에 접하고,When the transmitter holder is moved from distal to proximal by the needle carrier, one end of the pusher abuts the inner bottom surface of the housing,
    상기 푸셔의 타단은 상기 트랜스미터의 상면을 가압하는, The other end of the pusher presses the upper surface of the transmitter,
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  9. 제6항에 있어서,According to clause 6,
    상기 트랜스미터 지지부와 상기 트랜스미터는 마찰결합되는, The transmitter support portion and the transmitter are frictionally coupled,
    어플리케이터.Applicator.
  10. 적어도 일부가 체내에 삽입되어 체내 분석물을 감지하도록 구성되는 센서; A sensor, at least a portion of which is inserted into the body and configured to detect an analyte in the body;
    상기 센서로부터 얻어진 체내 분석물과 관련된 정보를 처리하도록 구성된 트랜스미터; 및 a transmitter configured to process information related to in vivo analytes obtained from the sensor; and
    상기 센서 및 상기 트랜스미터를 근위에서 원위로 이동시키도록 구성된 어플리케이터로서, An applicator configured to move said sensor and said transmitter from proximal to distal,
    저면에 개구가 형성되는 중공 기둥 형상의 하우징;A hollow pillar-shaped housing with an opening formed on the bottom;
    상기 하우징의 상면에 배치되는 제1 버튼; a first button disposed on the upper surface of the housing;
    상기 하우징의 외주면에 배치되는 제2 버튼; a second button disposed on the outer peripheral surface of the housing;
    상기 제2 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 하우징의 내부에서 원위 및 근위 사이를 직선 운동하는 니들 캐리어; 및 a needle carrier configured to be engaged with the second button and moving linearly between the distal end and the proximal end within the housing; and
    상기 제1 버튼과 체결되도록 구성되며, 상기 니들 캐리어의 직선 운동의 동력을 제공하도록 구성된 구동부를 포함하는 어플리케이터를 포함하는, Comprising an applicator configured to be engaged with the first button and including a driving unit configured to provide power for linear movement of the needle carrier,
    센서 삽입 장치. Sensor insertion device.
PCT/KR2023/008346 2022-06-17 2023-06-16 Insertion apparatus for analyte monitoring apparatus WO2023244064A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2022-0074384 2022-06-17
KR20220074384 2022-06-17
KR20220077473 2022-06-24
KR10-2022-0077473 2022-06-24
KR20220077474 2022-06-24
KR10-2022-0077474 2022-06-24
KR20220087608 2022-07-15
KR10-2022-0087608 2022-07-15
KR10-2022-0166655 2022-12-02
KR10-2022-0166656 2022-12-02
KR20220166656 2022-12-02
KR20220166655 2022-12-02
KR10-2022-0166657 2022-12-02
KR20220166657 2022-12-02
KR20230001205 2023-01-04
KR10-2023-0001205 2023-01-04
KR1020230076324A KR20230173605A (en) 2022-06-17 2023-06-14 Insertion Device for Analyte Monitoring Device
KR10-2023-0076324 2023-06-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023244064A1 true WO2023244064A1 (en) 2023-12-21

Family

ID=89191687

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2023/008346 WO2023244064A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-06-16 Insertion apparatus for analyte monitoring apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023244064A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20180118368A (en) * 2017-04-21 2018-10-31 최규동 Nleedle Unit with Glucose Sensor and Simuteneous Infusion-Glucose Detecting System
KR20180132558A (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-12 주식회사 아이센스 Sensor and applicator assembly for continuous glucose monitoring system
KR20200067124A (en) * 2017-06-23 2020-06-11 덱스콤, 인크. Transdermal analysis sensor, applicator for this, and associated method
US20200405208A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2020-12-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US20220047191A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2022-02-17 Sanvita Medical Corporation Continuous Glucose Monitoring System and Method

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200405208A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2020-12-31 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Medical device inserters and processes of inserting and using medical devices
US20220047191A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2022-02-17 Sanvita Medical Corporation Continuous Glucose Monitoring System and Method
KR20180118368A (en) * 2017-04-21 2018-10-31 최규동 Nleedle Unit with Glucose Sensor and Simuteneous Infusion-Glucose Detecting System
KR20180132558A (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-12 주식회사 아이센스 Sensor and applicator assembly for continuous glucose monitoring system
KR20200067124A (en) * 2017-06-23 2020-06-11 덱스콤, 인크. Transdermal analysis sensor, applicator for this, and associated method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015160099A1 (en) Display apparatus
WO2012087055A2 (en) Apparatus for processing clothes
WO2010068070A2 (en) Two-sided razor
WO2012087057A2 (en) Apparatus for processing clothes
WO2017116036A1 (en) Vehicle door latch system
WO2016208900A1 (en) Door latch system
WO2021210713A1 (en) Flush handle for vehicle door
WO2017116032A1 (en) Vehicle door latch system
WO2022010061A1 (en) Display support apparatus
WO2020145718A1 (en) Display substrate
WO2018038371A1 (en) Vacuum
WO2021091228A1 (en) Helmet front cover, helmet shell, and helmet comprising same
WO2020158964A1 (en) Action robot
WO2022119089A1 (en) Vehicle gear knob
WO2023244064A1 (en) Insertion apparatus for analyte monitoring apparatus
WO2020141703A1 (en) Surgical instrument
WO2020153695A1 (en) Flush handle for vehicle door
WO2020141702A1 (en) Locking device
WO2020235705A1 (en) Action robot
WO2022265272A1 (en) Method for rewarding player of gaming device having wheel assembly interface
WO2017222214A1 (en) Latch system for door of vehicle
WO2022025433A1 (en) Protrusion-based smart tablet
WO2024043561A1 (en) Ultrasonic handpiece
WO2020055214A1 (en) Vacuum cleaner
WO2024014908A1 (en) Surgical robot having force sensing unit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23824277

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1